1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
39 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
44 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
45 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
46 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
47 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
48 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
55 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
56 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
58 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
59 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
60 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
61 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
62 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
64 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
65 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
66 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
67 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
68 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
69 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
70 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
71 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
72 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
73 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
74 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
76 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
77 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
78 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
79 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
80 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
81 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
82 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
83 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
84 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
85 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
86 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
88 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
90 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
93 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
95 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
99 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
100 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
101 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
102 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
103 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
104 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
105 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
106 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
108 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
109 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
111 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
112 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
113 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
114 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
115 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
116 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
117 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
118 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
119 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
121 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
122 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
123 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
125 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
126 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
127 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
128 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
129 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
130 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
131 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
133 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
135 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
137 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
138 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
139 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
141 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
142 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
144 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
146 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
147 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
148 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
149 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
150 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
152 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
153 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
154 /* TOC base alignment. */
155 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
157 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
158 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
159 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
161 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
162 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
163 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
164 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
165 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
166 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
167 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
168 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
169 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
170 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
172 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
173 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
174 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
175 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
176 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
178 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
179 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
180 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
181 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
182 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
183 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
184 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
186 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
187 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
188 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
192 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
194 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
195 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
199 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
203 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
204 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
205 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
206 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
207 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
208 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
209 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
210 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
211 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
212 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
214 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
215 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
216 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
220 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
221 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
223 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
224 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
225 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
226 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
232 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
233 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
234 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
235 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
236 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
239 #define NOP 0x60000000
241 /* Some other nops. */
242 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
243 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
245 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
246 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
247 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
249 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
251 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
252 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
254 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
255 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
256 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
257 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
258 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
259 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
260 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
261 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
262 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
263 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
264 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
265 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
267 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
268 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
269 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
270 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
271 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
272 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
276 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
280 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
282 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
286 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
288 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
292 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
293 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
294 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
295 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
296 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
297 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
298 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
299 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
300 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
301 complain, special_func) \
302 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
303 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
304 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
306 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
308 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
310 /* This reloc does nothing. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
315 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
316 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
318 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
319 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
336 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
337 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
341 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
342 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
343 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
345 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
346 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
347 bits must be zero. */
348 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
349 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
351 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
352 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
353 two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
357 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
370 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
372 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
373 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
375 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
376 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
381 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
383 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
384 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
386 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
388 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
389 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
391 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
393 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
394 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
396 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
398 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
399 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
401 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
402 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
403 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
404 shared library into the object, because the object being
405 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
406 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
407 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
411 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
412 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
414 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
415 entry for a symbol. */
416 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
417 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
420 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
422 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
439 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
442 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
443 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
444 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
448 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
449 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
451 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
453 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
458 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
461 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
479 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
481 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
483 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
488 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
489 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
491 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
492 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
497 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
498 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
500 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
501 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
511 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
515 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
517 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
519 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
520 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
521 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
524 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
525 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
526 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
528 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
529 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
530 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
531 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
534 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
535 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
536 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
538 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
539 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
545 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
548 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
550 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
551 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
552 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
553 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
554 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
555 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
556 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
557 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
558 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
560 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
563 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
564 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
565 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
567 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
568 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
569 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
570 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
572 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
573 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
597 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
613 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
617 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
618 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
621 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
626 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
627 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
629 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
632 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
635 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
636 each plt call stub. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
641 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
648 definition of its TLS sym. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
650 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
652 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
653 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
654 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
699 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
744 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
745 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
762 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
763 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
780 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
797 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
828 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
832 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
833 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
842 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
843 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
854 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
858 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
864 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
866 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
892 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
894 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
898 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
900 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
901 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
903 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
904 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
907 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
910 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
913 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
919 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
922 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
925 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
946 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
951 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
952 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
957 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
970 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
973 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
979 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
980 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
985 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
989 ppc_howto_init (void)
991 unsigned int i
, type
;
993 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
995 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
996 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
997 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1001 static reloc_howto_type
*
1002 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1004 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1006 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1007 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1013 /* xgettext:c-format */
1014 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1016 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1019 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1021 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1023 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1025 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1027 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1029 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1031 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1033 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1035 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1037 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1039 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1041 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1043 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1045 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1047 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1049 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1051 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1053 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1055 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1057 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1059 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1061 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1063 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1065 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1067 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1069 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1071 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1073 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1075 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1077 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1079 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1081 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1083 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1085 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1087 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1089 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1091 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1093 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1095 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1097 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1099 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1101 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1103 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1105 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1107 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1109 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1111 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1113 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1115 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1117 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1119 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1121 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1123 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1125 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1127 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1129 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1131 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1133 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1135 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1137 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1139 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1141 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1143 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1146 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1148 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1150 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1152 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1154 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1156 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1158 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1160 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1162 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1164 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1166 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1168 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1170 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1172 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1174 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1176 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1178 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1180 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1182 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1184 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1186 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1188 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1190 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1192 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1194 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1196 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1198 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1200 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1202 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1204 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1206 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1208 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1210 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1212 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1214 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1216 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1218 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1220 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1222 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1224 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1226 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1228 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1230 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1232 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1234 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1236 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1238 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1240 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1242 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1244 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1246 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1248 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1250 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1252 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1254 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1256 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1258 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1260 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1262 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1264 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1266 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1268 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1270 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1272 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1274 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1276 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1278 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1280 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1282 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
;
1284 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
;
1286 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
1288 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
;
1290 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1292 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1294 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1296 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1298 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1300 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1302 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1304 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1306 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1308 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1310 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1312 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1316 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1319 static reloc_howto_type
*
1320 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, const char *r_name
)
1323 static char *compat_map
[][2] = {
1324 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34" },
1325 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34" },
1326 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34" },
1327 { "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34" }
1330 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1331 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1332 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1333 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1335 /* Handle old names of relocations in case they were used by
1337 FIXME: Remove this soon. Mapping the reloc names is very likely
1338 completely unnecessary. */
1339 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (compat_map
); i
++)
1340 if (strcasecmp (compat_map
[i
][0], r_name
) == 0)
1342 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: %s should be used rather than %s"),
1343 compat_map
[i
][1], compat_map
[i
][0]);
1344 return ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (abfd
, compat_map
[i
][1]);
1350 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1353 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1354 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1358 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1359 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1362 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1363 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1365 /* xgettext:c-format */
1366 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1368 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1371 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1372 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1374 /* xgettext:c-format */
1375 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1384 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1386 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1387 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1388 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1389 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1391 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1393 bfd_size_type octets
;
1396 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1397 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1399 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1400 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1401 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1403 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1404 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1406 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1407 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1408 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1409 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1410 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1411 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1413 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1414 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1415 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1418 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1419 value
= symbol
->value
;
1420 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1421 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1422 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1423 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1424 + input_section
->output_offset
1425 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1426 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1428 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1429 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1431 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1433 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1434 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1435 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1438 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1439 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1440 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1441 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1443 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1444 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1445 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1447 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1448 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1450 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1451 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1453 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1454 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1455 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1456 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1460 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1462 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1463 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1464 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1468 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1470 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1472 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1474 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1480 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1482 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1485 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1486 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1487 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1488 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1491 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1492 bfd_size_type octets
;
1493 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1494 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1496 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1497 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1499 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1500 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1501 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1503 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1504 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1505 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1506 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1507 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1508 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1509 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1513 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1514 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1515 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1516 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1518 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1528 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1529 target
= symbol
->value
;
1530 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1531 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1532 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1534 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1535 + input_section
->output_offset
1536 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1538 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1539 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1542 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1544 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1545 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1548 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1549 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1550 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1551 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1553 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1554 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1556 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1557 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1558 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1560 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1561 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1562 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1565 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1566 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1567 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1568 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1570 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1571 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1573 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1574 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1575 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1577 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1578 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1580 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1581 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1582 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1585 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1586 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1587 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1588 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1592 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1593 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1595 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1596 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1597 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1599 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1601 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1603 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1604 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1605 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1608 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1609 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1610 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1611 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1615 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1616 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1618 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1619 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1620 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1622 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1624 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1626 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1627 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1629 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1630 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1631 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1634 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1635 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1636 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1637 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1640 bfd_size_type octets
;
1642 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1643 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1645 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1646 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1647 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1649 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1651 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1653 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1654 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1655 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1658 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1659 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1660 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1661 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1666 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1667 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1668 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1670 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1672 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1674 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1675 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1676 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1677 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1678 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1679 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1681 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1683 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1684 + input_section
->output_offset
1685 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1688 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1689 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1690 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1691 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1692 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1693 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1694 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1695 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1696 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1697 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1700 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1702 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1703 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1705 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1706 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1708 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1709 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1710 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1712 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1714 static char buf
[60];
1715 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1716 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1717 *error_message
= buf
;
1719 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1722 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1723 than one got entry per symbol. */
1726 struct got_entry
*next
;
1728 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1731 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1732 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1733 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1734 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1735 we merge entries within the group.
1737 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1740 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1741 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1742 unsigned char tls_type
;
1744 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1745 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1747 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1750 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1752 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1756 /* The same for PLT. */
1759 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1765 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1770 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1772 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1774 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1778 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1779 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1780 asection
*deleted_section
;
1782 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1783 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1784 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1788 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1789 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1791 /* Section contents. */
1795 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1796 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1797 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1799 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1800 instruction not one we handle. */
1801 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1803 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1805 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1808 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1809 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1811 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1812 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1814 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1815 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1816 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1818 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1821 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1823 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1827 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1828 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1831 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1833 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1836 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1838 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1840 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1842 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1843 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1844 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1847 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1850 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1853 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1855 size_t offset
, size
;
1857 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1861 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1864 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1870 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1871 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1872 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1876 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1878 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1881 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1882 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1883 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1884 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1885 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1886 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1892 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1902 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1905 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1906 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1907 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1908 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1910 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1911 -Wstringop-truncation:
1912 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1914 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1916 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1917 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1921 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1922 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1933 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1934 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1935 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1936 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1937 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1938 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1939 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1940 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1941 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1943 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1944 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1949 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1951 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1953 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1954 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1955 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1956 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1957 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1958 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1959 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1962 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1968 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1970 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1974 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1975 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1976 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1977 struct _opd_sec_data
1979 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1980 asection
**func_sec
;
1982 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1986 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1987 struct _toc_sec_data
1989 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1992 /* And the relocation addend. */
1997 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1999 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
2000 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
2001 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
2003 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2004 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
2006 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
2008 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
2011 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
2012 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
2015 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2017 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2019 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2020 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2022 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2025 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2028 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2032 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2034 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2036 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2037 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2038 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2043 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2044 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2047 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2048 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2049 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2053 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2054 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2055 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2057 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2060 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2062 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2063 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2065 /* Section symbols first. */
2066 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2068 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2071 /* then .opd symbols. */
2072 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2074 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2075 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2077 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2078 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2082 /* then other code symbols. */
2083 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2084 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2085 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2086 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2089 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2090 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2091 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2092 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2095 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2097 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2100 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2104 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2107 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2110 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2111 syms over other syms. */
2112 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2115 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2118 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2121 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2124 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2127 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2130 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2133 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2136 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2137 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2138 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2139 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2140 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2141 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2149 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2152 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2157 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2161 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2162 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2164 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2174 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2175 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2177 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2179 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2181 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2191 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2193 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2194 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2195 && section
->vma
<= vma
2196 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2199 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2200 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2201 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2204 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2205 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2206 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2212 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2213 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2214 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2216 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2222 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2223 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2235 symcount
= static_count
;
2237 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2241 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2245 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2247 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2248 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2249 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2250 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2252 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2253 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2255 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2257 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2258 function, and notype symbols. */
2259 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2260 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2261 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2262 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2265 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2266 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2267 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2269 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2271 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2272 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2273 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2274 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2275 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2276 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2277 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2279 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2280 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2282 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2283 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2284 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2285 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2286 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2292 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2293 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2294 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2295 to this function is the real binary. */
2296 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2300 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2301 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2302 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2303 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2304 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2308 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2309 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2313 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2314 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2318 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2319 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2320 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2321 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2329 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2334 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2337 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2338 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2342 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2349 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2353 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2354 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2357 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2360 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2363 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2366 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2367 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2368 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2371 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2372 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2378 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2385 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2387 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2391 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2392 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2395 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2398 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2401 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2404 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2405 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2406 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2411 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2412 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2413 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2416 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2417 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2419 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2420 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2421 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2428 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2429 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2431 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2432 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2433 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2436 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2438 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2440 free_contents_and_exit
:
2446 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2450 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2451 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2454 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2455 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2458 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2459 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2463 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2465 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2467 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2469 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2471 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2472 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2474 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2475 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2478 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2479 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2481 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2482 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2484 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2487 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2489 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2490 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2491 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2492 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2493 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2494 glink stubs now reside. */
2495 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2506 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2507 from the first glink stub. */
2509 unsigned int off
= 0;
2511 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2512 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2514 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2516 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2519 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2528 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2530 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2533 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2534 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2535 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2537 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2538 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2540 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2541 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2543 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2545 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2551 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2552 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2554 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2556 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2558 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2562 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2565 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2566 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2570 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2577 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2578 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2580 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2584 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2589 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2590 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2592 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2596 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2598 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2600 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2603 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2604 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2607 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2608 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2610 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2611 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2612 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2618 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2622 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2623 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2625 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2627 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2629 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2630 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2631 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2636 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2637 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2638 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2639 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2640 a) finding the stubs, and,
2641 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2642 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2644 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2645 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2646 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2647 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2648 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2649 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2650 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2651 for pending shared library loads. */
2652 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2653 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2657 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2658 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2659 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2660 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2661 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2662 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2664 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2667 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2668 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2672 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2673 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2674 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2675 names
+= strlen (names
);
2677 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2678 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2698 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2699 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2700 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2701 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2702 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2703 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2706 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2707 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2708 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2715 The function definition in another object file might be:
2719 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2725 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2726 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2727 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2728 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2729 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2737 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2738 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2739 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2747 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2749 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2750 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2753 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2754 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2755 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2756 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2757 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2758 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2759 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2760 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2761 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2762 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2763 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2764 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2766 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2767 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2768 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2770 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2771 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2772 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2775 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2776 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2781 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2782 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2783 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2784 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2791 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2792 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2793 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2794 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2795 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2798 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2799 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2800 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2801 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2802 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2803 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2804 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2805 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2806 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2807 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2808 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2809 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2810 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2811 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2812 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2813 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2814 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2818 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2819 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2820 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2821 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2822 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2823 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2824 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2825 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2826 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2827 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2828 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2829 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2830 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2831 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2832 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2833 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2835 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2837 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2840 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2841 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2842 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2845 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2846 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2847 reach its destination.
2848 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2849 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2854 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2855 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2856 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2857 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2858 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2859 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2861 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2862 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2865 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2866 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2867 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2869 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2870 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2873 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2875 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2876 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2877 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2878 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2882 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2883 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2884 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2885 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2886 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2887 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2888 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2889 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2890 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2891 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2892 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2898 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2899 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2902 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2908 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2909 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2911 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2912 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2913 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2917 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2923 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2924 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2926 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2927 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2928 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2932 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2933 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2934 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2936 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2937 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2938 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2940 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2941 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2944 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2945 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2946 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2948 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2949 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2953 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2954 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2955 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2957 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2961 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2962 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2963 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2964 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2965 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2966 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2967 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2968 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2969 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2970 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2971 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2972 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2973 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2974 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2975 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2976 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2977 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2978 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2979 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2985 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2986 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2987 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2988 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2989 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2990 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2991 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2992 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2994 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2995 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2996 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2997 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
3001 /* Information on stub grouping. */
3004 /* The stub section. */
3006 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
3009 struct map_stub
*next
;
3010 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
3013 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
3014 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
3015 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3016 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3017 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3018 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3019 unsigned int eh_size
;
3020 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3021 unsigned int eh_base
;
3024 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3026 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3027 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3029 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3031 /* Group information. */
3032 struct map_stub
*group
;
3034 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3035 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3037 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3038 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3039 bfd_vma target_value
;
3040 asection
*target_section
;
3042 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3043 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3044 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3047 unsigned char symtype
;
3049 /* Symbol st_other. */
3050 unsigned char other
;
3053 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3055 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3056 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3058 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3059 unsigned int offset
;
3061 /* Generation marker. */
3065 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3066 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3068 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3070 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3073 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3074 unsigned int count
: 31;
3076 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3077 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3080 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3082 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3086 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3088 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3090 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3091 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3094 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3095 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3097 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3098 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3099 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3100 unsigned int fake
:1;
3102 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3103 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3104 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3105 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3107 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3108 with non-standard calling convention. */
3109 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3111 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3112 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3113 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3115 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3116 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3117 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3118 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3119 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3120 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3121 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3122 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3123 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3124 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3125 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3126 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3127 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3128 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3129 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3130 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3131 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3133 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3134 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3135 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3136 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3137 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3140 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3141 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3143 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3146 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3148 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3150 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3152 /* The stub hash table. */
3153 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3155 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3156 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3158 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3159 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3161 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3162 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3164 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3165 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3167 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3168 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3169 non-ppc64 sections. */
3172 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3177 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3178 struct map_stub
*group
;
3179 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3184 /* Linked list of groups. */
3185 struct map_stub
*group
;
3187 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3190 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3192 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3193 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3195 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3197 asection
*global_entry
;
3200 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3203 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3205 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3206 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3207 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3208 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3209 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3210 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3212 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3213 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3216 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3218 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3219 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3221 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3222 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3224 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3225 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3226 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3227 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3228 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3230 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3231 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3233 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3234 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3237 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3239 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3240 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3242 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3243 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3245 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3246 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3248 /* Whether any code linked seems to be Power10. */
3249 unsigned int has_power10_relocs
:1;
3251 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3252 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3254 /* Small local sym cache. */
3255 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
3258 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3261 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3262 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3264 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3266 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3268 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3269 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3271 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3273 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3275 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3276 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3277 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3279 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3281 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3282 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3283 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3285 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3286 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3287 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3289 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3290 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3291 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3293 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3295 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3296 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3297 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3300 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3304 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3309 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3310 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3313 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3315 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3316 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3317 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3319 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3320 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3321 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3330 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3332 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3333 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3334 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3337 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3341 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3346 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3347 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3350 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3352 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3353 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3361 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3363 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3364 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3365 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3368 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3372 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3377 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3378 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3381 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3383 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3384 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3385 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3387 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3388 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3389 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3390 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3392 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3393 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3395 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3397 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3398 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3399 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3401 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3403 if (string
[0] == '.')
3405 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3407 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3408 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3409 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3416 struct tocsave_entry
3423 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3425 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3426 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3430 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3432 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3433 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3434 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3437 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3440 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3442 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3444 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3445 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3446 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3447 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3448 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3449 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3452 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3454 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3455 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3457 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3458 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3460 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3464 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3465 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3472 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3473 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3474 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3476 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3480 /* And the branch hash table. */
3481 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3482 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3484 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3485 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3489 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3493 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3495 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3498 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3500 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3501 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3502 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3503 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3504 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3505 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3506 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3507 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3508 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3509 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3510 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3511 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3513 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3516 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3519 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3521 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3524 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3526 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3527 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3528 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3530 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3531 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3533 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3534 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3538 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3541 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3542 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3544 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3545 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3548 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3549 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3550 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3552 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3553 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3556 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3558 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3559 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3560 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3563 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3564 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3568 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3569 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3570 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3571 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3574 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3575 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3577 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3578 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3579 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3582 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3583 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3584 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3585 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3587 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3588 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3591 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3593 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3595 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3596 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3599 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3602 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3603 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3605 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3606 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3607 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3611 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3612 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3613 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3619 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3622 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3623 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3625 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3627 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3629 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3630 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3631 the start of the output TOC section. */
3632 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3633 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3634 htab
->params
= params
;
3636 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3639 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3642 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3643 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3644 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3645 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3650 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3651 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3652 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3653 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3657 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3658 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3659 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3662 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3663 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3664 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3665 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3669 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3670 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3671 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3674 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3675 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3676 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3677 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3678 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3680 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3681 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3685 /* If mixing power10 with non-power10 code and --power10-stubs is not
3686 specified (or is auto) then calls using @notoc relocations that
3687 need a stub will utilize power10 instructions in the stub, and
3688 calls without @notoc relocations will not use power10 instructions.
3689 The two classes of stubs are stored in separate stub_hash_table
3690 entries having the same key string. The two entries will always be
3691 adjacent on entry->root.next chain, even if hash table resizing
3692 occurs. This function selects the correct entry to use. */
3694 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3695 select_alt_stub (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*entry
, bfd_boolean notoc
)
3697 bfd_boolean have_notoc
;
3699 have_notoc
= (entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
3700 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
3701 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
3703 if (have_notoc
!= notoc
)
3705 const char *stub_name
= entry
->root
.string
;
3707 entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
->root
.next
;
3709 && entry
->root
.string
!= stub_name
)
3716 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3717 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3719 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3720 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3721 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3722 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3723 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3724 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3726 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3727 struct map_stub
*group
;
3729 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3730 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3731 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3732 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3733 distinguish between them. */
3734 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3738 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3739 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3740 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3742 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3748 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3749 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3752 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3753 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3755 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3760 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
&& htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
3762 bfd_boolean notoc
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
3764 stub_entry
= select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
3770 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3771 stub entry are initialised. */
3773 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3774 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3776 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3778 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3779 struct map_stub
*group
;
3782 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3784 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3785 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3786 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3787 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3793 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3794 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3795 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3799 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3800 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3801 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3802 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3804 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3807 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3808 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3810 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3812 /* xgettext:c-format */
3813 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3814 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3818 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3819 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3823 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3824 not already done. */
3827 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3829 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3831 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3833 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3839 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3842 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3843 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3845 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3847 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3850 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3851 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3853 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3856 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3857 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3861 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3863 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3864 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3866 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3867 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3872 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3873 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3875 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3878 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3879 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3881 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3884 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3887 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3888 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3890 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3892 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3894 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3895 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3897 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3899 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3901 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3902 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3904 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3911 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3914 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3915 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3919 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3922 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3923 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3924 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3926 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3928 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3929 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3931 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3932 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3933 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3934 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3935 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3937 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3938 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3939 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3940 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3941 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3942 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3943 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3945 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3946 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3947 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3948 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3949 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3951 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3954 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3955 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3957 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3959 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3960 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3962 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3963 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3964 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3966 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3968 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3969 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3971 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3972 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3979 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
3982 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
3983 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3986 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3987 symbol which just became indirect. */
3988 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3990 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3992 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3993 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3995 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3997 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3999 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
4000 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
4001 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
4002 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
4004 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
4011 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4014 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4015 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
4018 /* And plt entries. */
4019 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
4021 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4023 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4024 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4025 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
4026 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
4027 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
4028 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
4029 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
4033 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
4034 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
4036 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4037 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
4039 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
4043 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
4045 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4046 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4050 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4056 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4057 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4062 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4064 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4065 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4066 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4068 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4069 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4070 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4071 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4075 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4076 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4077 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4078 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4081 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4082 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4084 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4091 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4095 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4096 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4097 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4099 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4104 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4108 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4109 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4110 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4112 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4113 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4114 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4115 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4116 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4117 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4118 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4120 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4121 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4124 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4125 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4126 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4128 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4130 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4133 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4135 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4136 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4137 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4139 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4140 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4141 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4149 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4152 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4153 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4154 bfd_boolean definition
,
4155 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4157 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4158 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4159 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4162 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4163 we now have a real symbol. */
4166 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4167 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4168 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4169 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4170 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4171 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4172 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4174 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4175 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4176 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4180 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4181 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4182 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4183 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4185 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4186 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4187 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4190 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4194 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4196 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4197 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4198 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4204 len
= strlen (name
);
4205 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4206 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4207 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4209 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4210 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4211 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4215 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4216 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4220 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4221 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4222 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4223 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4224 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4225 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4226 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4227 function entry symbol is used. */
4230 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4232 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4233 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4235 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4236 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4238 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4241 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4244 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4248 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4250 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4251 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4252 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4253 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4255 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4256 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4258 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4265 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4266 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4268 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4269 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4270 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4271 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4272 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4273 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4275 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4276 descriptor symbol. */
4277 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4278 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4279 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4280 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4282 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4283 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4284 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4285 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4286 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4287 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4288 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4289 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4291 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4299 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4300 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4303 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4305 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4306 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4307 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4309 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4311 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4312 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4314 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4315 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4316 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4318 /* xgettext:c-format */
4319 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4320 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4321 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4326 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4328 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4329 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4330 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4331 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4332 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4333 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4334 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4335 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4336 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4337 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4340 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4344 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4345 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4346 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4347 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4348 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4349 && info
->gc_sections
)
4351 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4352 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4353 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4354 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4355 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4356 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4357 information about the associated function section. */
4359 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4360 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4361 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4363 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4364 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4365 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4367 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4368 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4372 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4373 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4374 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4376 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4377 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4379 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4380 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4381 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4383 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4386 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ibfd
, r_symndx
);
4389 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4394 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4395 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4396 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4399 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4403 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4404 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4407 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4409 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4410 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4411 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4412 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4414 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4415 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4418 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4423 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4424 not to be needed. */
4427 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4428 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4429 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4431 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4433 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4438 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4440 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4443 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4444 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4447 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4449 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4450 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4451 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4453 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4454 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4455 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4457 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4460 static struct plt_entry
**
4461 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4462 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4464 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4465 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4466 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4468 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4470 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4472 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4473 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4474 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4475 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4476 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4478 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4481 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4483 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4485 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4486 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4487 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4488 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4492 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4493 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4496 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4497 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4499 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4500 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4501 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4502 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4504 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4507 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4508 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4509 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4511 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4515 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4517 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4519 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4520 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4524 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4525 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4529 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4530 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4533 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4538 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4540 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4541 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4542 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4543 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4544 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4545 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4546 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4547 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4548 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4549 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4550 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4553 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4556 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4558 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4559 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4560 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4561 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4562 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4563 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4564 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4565 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4568 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4569 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4570 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4573 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4574 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4576 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4577 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4578 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4579 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4580 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4582 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4585 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4588 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4590 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4594 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4595 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4596 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4597 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4598 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4599 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4601 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4602 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4603 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4605 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4606 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4607 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4609 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4610 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4612 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4613 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4617 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4618 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4620 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4621 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4624 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4628 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4629 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4630 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4632 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4633 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4634 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4635 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4636 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4637 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4638 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4639 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4640 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4641 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4642 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4643 htab
->has_power10_relocs
= 1;
4651 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4652 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4653 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4654 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4655 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4656 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4657 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4658 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4659 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4660 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4661 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4662 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4663 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4664 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4665 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4666 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4667 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4668 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4669 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4670 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4679 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4682 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4687 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4692 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4694 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4696 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4707 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4708 its parameter symbol. */
4710 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4712 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4714 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4716 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4719 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4720 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4721 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4722 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4723 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4724 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4727 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4728 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4729 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4730 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4731 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4732 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4735 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4736 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4737 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4738 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4739 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4740 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4741 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4742 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4745 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4746 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4747 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4748 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4749 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4750 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4752 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4756 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4757 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4758 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4759 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4760 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4761 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4763 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4764 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4765 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4766 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4767 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4768 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4769 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4770 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4772 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4773 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4776 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4777 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4782 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4783 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4785 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4786 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4787 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4788 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4789 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4793 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4794 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4797 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4798 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4800 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4801 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4802 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4803 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4805 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4806 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4809 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4810 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4811 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4815 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4816 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4817 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4818 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4819 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4820 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4823 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4828 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4829 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4830 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4831 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4832 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4834 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4835 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4837 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4838 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4842 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4843 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4844 section relative. */
4845 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4846 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4847 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4848 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4849 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4850 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4851 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4852 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4853 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4854 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4855 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4856 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4857 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4858 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4859 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4860 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4861 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4862 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4867 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4868 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4869 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4870 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4871 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4872 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4873 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4874 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4875 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4876 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4877 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4878 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4879 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4880 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4883 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4884 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4885 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4887 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4889 /* xgettext:c-format */
4890 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4891 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4892 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4893 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4894 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4900 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4901 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4902 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4904 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4905 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4906 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4907 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4908 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4909 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4911 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4913 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4914 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4915 these relocations is emitted. */
4925 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4926 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4927 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4928 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4932 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4933 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4934 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4935 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4940 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4941 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4943 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4945 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4946 we are going to need a stub. */
4949 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4950 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4951 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4952 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4956 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4958 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4963 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4967 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4971 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4972 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4973 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4977 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4983 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4984 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4985 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4987 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4989 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4991 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4992 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4993 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4997 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4998 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
5000 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
5003 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
5004 refers to is in a shared lib. */
5006 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
5010 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
5011 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
5012 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
5013 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
5016 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
5017 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
5018 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5019 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5022 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
5023 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5024 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
5025 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
5026 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
5028 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
5031 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
5032 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
5034 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
5035 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
5036 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5037 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5041 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5043 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5045 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5046 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5049 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5050 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5054 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5055 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5056 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5057 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5059 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5060 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5061 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5063 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5064 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5066 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5067 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5068 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5070 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5071 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5072 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5073 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5074 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5075 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5078 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5079 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5080 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5081 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5082 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5083 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5084 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5085 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5086 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5087 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5088 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5089 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5090 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5091 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5092 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5095 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5097 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5098 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5101 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5105 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5106 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5107 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5108 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5109 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5110 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5111 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5112 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5113 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5114 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5115 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5116 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5118 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5119 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5120 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5121 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5122 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5123 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5124 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5126 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5127 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5129 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5130 function in a shared lib. */
5131 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5133 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5140 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5141 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5142 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5143 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5145 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5146 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5149 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5150 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5153 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5154 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5155 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5156 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5157 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5158 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5159 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5160 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5161 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5162 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5163 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5164 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5165 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5166 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5167 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5170 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5171 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5172 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5176 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5177 || !h
->def_regular
))
5179 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5180 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5181 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5182 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5183 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5186 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5187 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5191 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5192 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5198 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5199 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5202 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5203 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5205 head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5207 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5209 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5219 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5224 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5225 We really need local syms available to do this
5227 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5228 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5229 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5232 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5234 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
5239 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5243 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5244 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5245 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5247 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5249 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5251 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5257 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5273 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5274 object file when linking. */
5277 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5279 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5280 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5282 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5285 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5288 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5291 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5292 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5294 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5297 /* xgettext:c-format */
5298 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5299 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5302 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5305 /* xgettext:c-format */
5306 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5307 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5312 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5315 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5316 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5320 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5322 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5323 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5325 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5329 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5330 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5332 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5333 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5334 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5341 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5342 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5343 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5346 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5348 asection
**code_sec
,
5350 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5352 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5353 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5354 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5357 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5358 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5359 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5361 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5363 if (contents
== NULL
)
5365 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5366 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5367 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5370 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5371 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5372 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5374 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5375 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5377 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5383 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5389 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5391 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5392 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5397 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5398 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5404 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5406 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5408 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5409 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5411 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5413 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5415 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5419 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5420 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5422 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5426 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5428 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5429 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5431 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5432 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5434 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5435 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5437 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5440 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5441 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5444 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5445 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5446 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5448 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5450 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5451 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5458 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5460 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5462 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5465 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5466 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5471 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5477 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5483 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5486 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5487 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5490 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5491 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5493 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5495 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5500 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5501 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5510 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5511 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5512 otherwise return zero. */
5514 static bfd_size_type
5515 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5520 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5521 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5525 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5526 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5528 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5530 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5531 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5534 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5535 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5537 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5538 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5539 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5540 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5546 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5547 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5549 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5550 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5551 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5552 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5553 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5554 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5555 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5556 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5557 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5558 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5559 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5560 disable caching for such functions. */
5566 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5568 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5575 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5576 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5577 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5580 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5583 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5584 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5585 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5586 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5587 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5588 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5591 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5594 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5596 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5597 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5598 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5599 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5602 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5603 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5605 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5606 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5608 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5610 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5611 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5612 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5618 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5619 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5621 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5622 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5625 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5627 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5628 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5629 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5635 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5636 value in the output file. */
5639 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5641 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5642 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5643 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5646 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5649 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5650 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5652 return (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
5653 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc
->elf
);
5656 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5658 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5661 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5663 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5665 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5667 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5668 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5670 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5673 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5676 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5678 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5679 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5684 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5686 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5689 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5690 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5693 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5694 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5697 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5700 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5701 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5703 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5704 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5705 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5706 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5707 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5709 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5710 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5714 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5715 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5719 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5721 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5722 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5723 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5724 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5726 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5727 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5731 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5732 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5733 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5734 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5735 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5736 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5737 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5738 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5739 || info
->export_dynamic
5742 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5743 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5744 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5745 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5746 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5749 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5751 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5753 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5754 function code sym section to be marked. */
5755 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5758 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5759 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5761 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5762 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5763 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5764 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5765 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5771 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5775 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5776 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5777 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5778 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5779 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5783 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5784 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5786 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5791 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5792 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5794 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5797 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5798 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5802 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5804 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5805 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5806 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5807 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5810 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5811 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5812 against garbage collection. */
5814 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5815 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5819 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5820 function code sym section to be marked. */
5821 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5824 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5825 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5827 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5829 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5830 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5831 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5832 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5833 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5835 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5838 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5839 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5843 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5849 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5851 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5852 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5853 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5857 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5864 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5865 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5867 struct sfpr_def_parms
5869 const char name
[12];
5870 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5871 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5872 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5875 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5876 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5880 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5881 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5884 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5886 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5887 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5893 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5896 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5898 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5900 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5901 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5902 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5903 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5904 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5907 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5908 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5910 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5912 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5913 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5916 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5918 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5919 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5920 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5921 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5924 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5925 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5927 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5935 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5937 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5938 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5939 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5940 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5941 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5943 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5945 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5947 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5948 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5949 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5956 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5958 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5960 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5961 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5969 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5971 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5976 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5978 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5979 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5981 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5986 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5988 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5993 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5995 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5997 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5998 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6002 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
6003 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
6005 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6010 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6012 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6017 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6019 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6020 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6025 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6027 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6032 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6034 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6035 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6040 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6042 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6047 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6049 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6050 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6052 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6057 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6059 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6064 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6066 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6068 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6069 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6073 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6074 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6076 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6081 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6083 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6084 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6089 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6091 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6092 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6097 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6099 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6101 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6106 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6108 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6109 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6114 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6116 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6118 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6123 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6125 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6126 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6130 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6131 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6133 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6134 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6137 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6141 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6143 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6148 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6151 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6154 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6159 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6162 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6165 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6171 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6172 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6175 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6181 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6183 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6186 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6191 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6193 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6196 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6199 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6201 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6203 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6208 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6209 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6210 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6213 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6215 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6216 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6217 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6218 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6219 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6221 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6222 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6228 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6229 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6233 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6237 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6238 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6240 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6241 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6242 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6243 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6244 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6245 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6246 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6247 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6248 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6249 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6250 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6251 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6252 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6254 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6255 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6256 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6257 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6260 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6262 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6264 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6265 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6271 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6273 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6274 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6275 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6277 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6282 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6285 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6286 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6287 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6289 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6292 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6293 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6294 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6295 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6296 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6297 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6298 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6299 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6300 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6302 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6303 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6304 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6308 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6309 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6310 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6311 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6312 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6313 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6314 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6315 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6317 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6318 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6319 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6324 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6326 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6327 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6328 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6329 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6330 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6331 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6332 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6333 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6334 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6335 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6336 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6337 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6340 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6341 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6342 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6343 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6346 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6347 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6349 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6351 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6355 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6356 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6360 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6361 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6362 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6364 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6365 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6368 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6371 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6373 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6374 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6375 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6376 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6377 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6379 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6380 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6381 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6382 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6383 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6385 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6386 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6387 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6390 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6392 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6393 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6399 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6400 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6401 size_dynamic_sections. */
6404 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6406 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6409 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6411 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6413 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6418 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6421 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6423 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6425 for (p
= eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6426 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6431 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6432 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6435 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6437 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6439 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6443 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6444 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6445 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6451 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6452 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6453 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6454 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6458 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6459 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6461 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6464 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6468 /* Deal with function syms. */
6469 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6470 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6473 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6474 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6475 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6476 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6477 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6478 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6479 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6480 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6481 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6482 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6483 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6485 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6486 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6488 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6490 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6491 won't need a .plt entry. */
6492 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6493 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6494 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6497 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6499 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6500 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6501 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6503 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6505 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6507 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6509 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6510 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6511 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6512 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6513 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6514 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6515 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6516 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6518 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6520 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6521 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6522 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6524 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6526 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6527 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6528 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6529 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6532 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6535 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6536 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6538 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6539 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6540 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6541 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6546 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6548 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6549 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6550 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6551 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6553 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6554 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6555 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6556 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6557 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6558 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6559 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6563 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6564 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6565 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6566 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6567 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6570 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6571 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6572 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6575 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6576 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6578 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6579 || info
->nocopyreloc
6581 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6582 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6583 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6585 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6587 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6588 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6589 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6590 to an incorrect program. */
6591 || h
->protected_def
)
6594 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6595 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6597 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6598 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6599 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6600 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6601 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6602 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6603 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6606 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6607 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6608 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6609 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6610 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6611 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6612 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6613 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6614 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6617 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6618 is not a function. */
6620 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6621 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6622 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6623 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6624 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6625 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6626 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6627 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6628 same memory location for the variable. */
6629 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6631 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6632 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6636 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6637 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6639 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6641 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6642 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6643 and into the runtime process image. */
6644 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6648 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6649 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6650 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6653 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6654 sym and the descriptor. */
6656 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6657 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6658 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6660 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6661 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6663 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6666 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6667 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6669 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6674 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6677 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6678 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6679 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6680 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6681 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6682 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6683 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6684 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6686 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6689 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6693 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6694 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6695 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6696 reason the lookup should fail. */
6699 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6700 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6702 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6703 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6713 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6718 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6719 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6721 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6722 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6723 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6726 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6728 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6730 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6731 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6733 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6734 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6742 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6744 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6745 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6746 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6747 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6751 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6752 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6756 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6757 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6759 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6761 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6762 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6763 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6764 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6765 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6766 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6768 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6770 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6778 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6779 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6781 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6783 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6784 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6787 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6788 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6790 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6791 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6792 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6793 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6794 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6796 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6802 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6803 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6804 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6807 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6808 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6809 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6810 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6811 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6814 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6816 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6817 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6821 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6822 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6825 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6826 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6827 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6829 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6830 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6833 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6836 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6837 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6840 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6841 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6842 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6843 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6844 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6845 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6846 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6847 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6848 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6849 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6851 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6852 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6857 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6859 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6860 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6861 enum insert_option insert
,
6862 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6863 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6866 unsigned long r_indx
;
6867 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6868 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6869 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6871 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6873 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6874 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6876 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6879 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6884 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6886 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6887 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6889 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6890 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6891 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6897 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6906 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6907 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6910 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6912 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6914 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6916 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6919 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6920 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6923 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6924 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6927 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6928 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6929 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6931 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6934 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6935 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6938 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6939 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6941 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6945 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6946 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6949 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6950 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6955 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6956 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6957 have already been determined. */
6960 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6962 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6963 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6964 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6965 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6967 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6968 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6970 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6971 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6972 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6979 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6980 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6981 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6982 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6983 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6988 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6989 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6990 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6991 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6992 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6993 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6994 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6995 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6996 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6997 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6998 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
6999 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
7000 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
7001 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
7002 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
7003 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
7004 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
7008 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
7009 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7010 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7011 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
7012 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
7013 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
7014 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
7015 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
7016 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
7017 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
7018 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
7019 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
7020 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
7021 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
7022 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7023 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7024 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7025 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7026 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7027 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7030 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7031 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7032 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7033 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7034 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7035 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7036 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7041 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7043 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7044 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7046 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7047 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7052 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7053 || !h
->def_regular
))
7055 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7056 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7057 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7058 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7059 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7061 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7062 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7069 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7070 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7071 pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7073 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7074 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7075 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7076 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7077 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7080 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7084 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7097 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7099 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7101 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7102 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7103 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7106 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7107 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7109 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7112 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7113 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7115 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7126 /* xgettext:c-format */
7127 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7129 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7133 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7134 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7135 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7136 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7140 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7143 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7144 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7145 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7147 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7151 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7154 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7155 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7156 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7157 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7158 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7159 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7161 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7164 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7165 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7168 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7171 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7174 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7175 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7179 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7181 /* Read the relocations. */
7182 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7184 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7187 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7188 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7192 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7193 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7195 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7196 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7198 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7199 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7202 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7203 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7205 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7206 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7207 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7209 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7210 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7211 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7212 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7213 optimization for them! */
7216 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7221 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7222 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7225 /* xgettext:c-format */
7226 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7232 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7233 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7237 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7239 const char *sym_name
;
7241 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7243 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7247 /* xgettext:c-format */
7248 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7254 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7255 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7256 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7257 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7258 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7259 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7260 which we test for via the output_section. */
7261 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7262 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7266 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7267 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7268 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7273 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7278 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7285 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7286 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7287 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7289 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7291 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7298 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7300 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7302 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7303 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7304 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7305 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7308 new_contents
= NULL
;
7309 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7310 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7311 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7312 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7315 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7316 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7317 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7318 the third word of .opd entries. */
7319 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7322 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7326 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7328 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7332 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7333 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7336 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7338 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7341 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7342 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7346 wptr
= new_contents
;
7347 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7348 write_rel
= relstart
;
7349 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7351 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7353 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7354 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7355 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7357 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7360 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7361 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7366 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7367 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7368 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7371 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7372 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7375 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7377 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7380 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7384 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7386 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7389 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7390 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7391 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7396 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7397 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7400 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7402 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7404 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7405 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7407 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7409 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7414 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7418 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7421 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7422 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7429 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7434 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7435 this location in the opd section. It is
7436 necessary to update the value here rather
7437 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7438 for local symbols, because various places
7439 in the generic ELF code use the value
7440 stored in u.def.value. */
7441 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7442 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7445 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7446 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7447 we'd need to look through the local syms
7448 for the function descriptor sym which we
7449 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7450 array of adjustments. */
7451 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7452 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7455 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7456 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7457 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7459 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7463 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7465 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7467 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7468 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7469 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7474 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7477 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7478 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7481 free (sec
->contents
);
7482 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7485 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7486 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7487 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7488 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7491 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7494 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7495 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7497 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7500 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7505 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7507 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7508 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7509 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7513 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7515 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7517 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7521 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7522 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7525 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7526 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7530 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7534 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7537 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7538 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7544 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7545 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7548 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7550 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7553 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7555 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7559 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7560 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7561 between the call and its destination. */
7562 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7564 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7570 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7577 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7578 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7580 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7582 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7583 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7586 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7587 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7589 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7591 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7595 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7596 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7597 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7598 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7599 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7600 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7601 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7602 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7603 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7604 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7605 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7606 together except their symbol. */
7608 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7610 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7611 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7613 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7617 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7619 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7620 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7621 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7623 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7625 /* Read the relocations. */
7626 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7628 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7631 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7632 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7634 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7635 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7637 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7638 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7639 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7641 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7642 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7643 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7646 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7647 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7650 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7652 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7657 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7661 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7664 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7665 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7666 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7667 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7668 + sec
->output_offset
7669 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7670 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7671 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7672 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7673 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7674 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7675 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7678 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7682 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7683 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7685 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7688 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7695 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7698 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7700 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7701 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7703 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7707 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7710 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7711 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7712 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7713 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7715 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7716 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7717 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7718 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7719 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7720 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7721 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7722 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7723 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7724 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7725 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7726 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7727 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7728 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7729 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7730 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7731 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7732 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7733 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7735 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7736 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7738 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7739 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7740 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7742 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7744 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7745 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7746 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7747 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7749 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7750 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7751 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7753 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7754 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7755 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7756 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7758 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7760 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7762 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7763 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7765 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7766 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7767 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7769 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7770 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7772 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7773 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7774 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7775 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7776 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7778 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7779 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7780 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7781 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7783 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7785 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7786 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7787 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7788 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7791 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7793 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7796 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7797 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7799 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7800 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7801 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7807 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7808 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7809 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7810 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7812 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7814 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7815 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7816 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7817 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7820 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7822 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7823 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7824 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7825 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7826 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7831 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7832 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7833 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7835 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7836 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7837 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7838 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7840 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7842 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7844 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7845 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7846 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7848 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7849 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7852 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7854 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7855 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7857 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7858 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7859 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7860 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7862 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7863 desc
->forced_local
);
7864 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7866 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7867 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7868 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7870 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7871 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7877 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7878 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7881 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7882 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7883 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7884 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7886 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7889 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7890 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7893 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7894 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7895 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7896 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7897 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7898 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7900 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7901 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7902 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7904 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7906 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7907 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7909 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7910 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7911 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
7912 || h
== &hash3
->elf
|| h
== &hash4
->elf
)
7918 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7919 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7920 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7921 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7922 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7923 dynamic relocations. */
7926 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7930 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7931 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7934 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7937 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7941 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7942 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7943 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7944 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7945 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7946 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7947 and plt refcounts. */
7949 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7950 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7952 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7953 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7955 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7956 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7958 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7959 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7961 /* Read the relocations. */
7962 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7964 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7970 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7971 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7973 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7974 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7975 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7976 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7978 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7979 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7981 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7982 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7983 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7984 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7986 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7987 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7991 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7994 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7995 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
8002 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8003 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8004 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8005 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8009 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8014 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
8015 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
8016 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8019 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8023 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8025 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8026 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8028 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8029 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8030 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8031 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8032 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8033 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8034 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8035 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8037 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8041 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8042 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8043 without marker relocs, then check that each
8044 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8045 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8046 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8047 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8049 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8051 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8052 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8053 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8055 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8056 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8057 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8062 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8065 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8066 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8067 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
8068 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8069 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8072 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8073 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8074 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8075 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8076 that turns out to be the case. */
8083 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8086 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8087 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8088 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
8089 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8090 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8093 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8094 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8100 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8102 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8105 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
8106 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8109 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8114 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8115 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8125 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8126 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8129 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8131 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8132 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8134 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8135 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8140 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8142 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8145 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8149 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8150 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8155 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8160 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8161 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8164 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8165 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8166 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8167 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8168 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8170 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8171 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8175 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8177 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8178 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8181 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8182 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8183 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8184 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8185 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8186 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8188 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8192 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8197 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8200 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8204 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8209 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8210 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8215 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8219 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8221 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8223 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8224 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8228 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8231 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8240 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8251 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8252 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8255 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8256 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8257 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8262 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8264 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8265 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8268 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8273 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8275 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8276 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8277 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8279 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8285 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8286 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8287 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8288 the entire optimization. */
8289 /* xgettext:c-format */
8290 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8291 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8292 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8297 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8298 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8299 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8300 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8301 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8302 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8303 Disable optimization in this case. */
8304 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8305 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8306 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8307 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8308 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8311 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8313 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8315 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8316 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8319 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8322 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8323 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8326 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8329 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8330 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8333 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8336 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8337 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8340 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8344 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8345 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8351 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8353 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8355 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8359 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8361 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8362 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8363 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8364 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8371 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8372 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8373 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8378 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8379 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8380 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8384 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8386 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8392 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8393 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8396 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8401 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8403 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8406 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8411 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8415 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8416 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8417 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8418 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8419 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8421 struct adjust_toc_info
8424 unsigned long *skip
;
8425 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8428 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8431 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8433 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8434 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8437 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8438 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8441 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8442 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8445 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8447 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8448 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8450 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8452 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8455 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8458 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8459 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8462 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8463 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8465 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8466 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8471 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8472 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8475 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8477 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8478 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8479 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8480 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8481 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8482 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8483 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8484 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8485 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8486 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8487 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8488 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8489 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8490 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8491 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8492 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8493 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8494 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8495 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8496 will need testing too. */
8497 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8498 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8500 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8501 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8502 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8503 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8504 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8505 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8508 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8509 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8510 load/store rt,off(ra)
8513 load/store rt,off(ra)
8514 may be translated to
8515 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8517 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8518 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8520 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8521 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8522 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8525 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8527 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8528 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8531 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8533 /* Check that regs match. */
8534 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8537 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8538 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8541 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8543 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8544 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8550 /* Check that regs match. */
8551 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8554 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8570 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8572 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8573 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8574 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8577 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8578 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8580 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8581 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8582 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8583 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8586 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8587 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8589 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8590 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8591 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8592 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8595 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8596 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8598 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8600 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8601 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8602 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8603 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8607 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8608 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8609 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8610 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8615 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8616 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8617 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8620 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8621 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8623 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8624 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8625 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8626 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8629 case 62: /* std, stq */
8630 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8632 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8633 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8634 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8635 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8640 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8641 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8645 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8646 unused .toc entries. */
8649 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8652 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8653 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8655 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8656 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8657 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8659 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8661 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8662 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8663 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8664 unsigned char *used
;
8665 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8667 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8670 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8673 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8674 || discarded_section (toc
))
8679 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8681 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8684 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8686 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8687 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8688 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8689 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8690 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8693 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8694 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8697 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8699 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8701 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8702 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8704 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8705 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8708 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8715 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8716 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8717 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8718 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8719 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8723 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8724 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8732 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8734 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8735 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8737 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8740 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8741 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8747 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8752 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8755 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8759 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8760 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8761 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8763 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8764 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8765 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8766 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8768 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8769 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8770 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8772 /* Read toc relocs. */
8773 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8775 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8778 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8780 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8781 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8783 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8784 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8787 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8788 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8791 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8792 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8797 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8798 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8801 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8806 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8808 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8812 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8814 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8816 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8817 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8819 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8820 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8821 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8822 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8823 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8824 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8827 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8828 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8833 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8838 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8839 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8846 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8850 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8853 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8855 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8861 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8862 Check the toc itself last. */
8863 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8866 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8867 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8868 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8873 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8874 || discarded_section (sec
)
8875 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8876 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8877 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8880 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8882 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8888 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8892 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8894 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8895 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8897 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8898 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8901 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8905 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8906 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8907 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8908 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8909 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8910 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8911 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8918 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8919 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8930 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8932 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8933 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8935 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8938 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8945 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8948 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8949 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8950 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8951 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8957 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8962 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
8963 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
8970 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
8971 entry itself isn't unused. */
8972 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8973 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
8976 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
8985 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8989 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
8990 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
8991 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
8992 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
8993 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
8998 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
8999 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
9003 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9006 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
9016 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
9018 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9019 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9021 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
9022 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9023 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9026 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9028 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9029 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9032 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9037 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9041 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9042 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9044 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9045 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9046 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9048 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9049 || discarded_section (sec
))
9052 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9054 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9057 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9059 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9060 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9062 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9065 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9072 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9073 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9074 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9075 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9076 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9077 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9081 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9082 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9090 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9093 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9095 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9098 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9100 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9102 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9104 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9106 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9107 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9108 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9112 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9113 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9116 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9117 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9121 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9123 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9124 /* xgettext:c-format */
9125 (_("%H: %s references "
9126 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9127 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9128 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9129 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9132 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9133 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9137 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9140 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9141 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9144 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9148 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9149 but handle them anyway. */
9150 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9151 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9152 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9154 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9155 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9159 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9160 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9162 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9164 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9168 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9169 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9172 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9173 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9176 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9177 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9180 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9181 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9184 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9185 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9186 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9190 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9192 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9193 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9196 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9197 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9198 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9200 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9204 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9205 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9206 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9208 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9209 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9210 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9213 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9214 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9217 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9218 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9219 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9220 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9221 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9224 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9227 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9228 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9230 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9233 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9238 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9239 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9240 number of GOT entries. */
9241 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9244 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9245 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9246 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9249 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9252 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9255 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9258 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9261 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9263 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9265 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9266 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9267 || discarded_section (sec
))
9270 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9272 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9275 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9278 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9283 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9285 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9286 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9287 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9289 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9290 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9292 unsigned char buf
[8];
9294 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9296 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9300 insn_check
= no_check
;
9303 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9304 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9305 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9306 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9307 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9308 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9309 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9310 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9313 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9314 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9315 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9316 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9317 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9318 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9319 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9320 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9321 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9322 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9323 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9327 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9329 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9331 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9334 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9335 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9336 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9337 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9338 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9342 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9343 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9344 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9345 /* xgettext:c-format */
9346 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9347 " %s instruction\n"),
9348 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9355 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9356 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9357 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9358 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9359 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9360 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9364 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9365 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9366 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9370 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9371 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9376 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9377 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9380 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9383 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9387 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9389 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9390 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9391 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9393 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9394 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9395 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9402 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9403 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9404 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9407 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9408 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9410 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9411 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9412 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9416 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9417 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9418 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9420 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9421 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9423 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9424 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9428 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9430 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9431 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9432 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9434 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9435 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9437 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9438 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9440 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9441 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9451 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9452 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9454 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9455 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9456 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9457 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9459 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9460 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9463 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9467 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9468 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9470 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9473 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9480 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9481 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9484 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9486 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9487 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9490 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9493 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9494 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9495 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9497 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9498 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9499 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9501 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9502 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9503 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9505 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9506 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9508 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9510 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9511 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9513 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9514 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9515 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9516 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9517 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9519 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9520 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9522 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9523 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9527 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9530 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9532 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9534 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9535 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9536 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9537 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9538 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9539 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9540 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9542 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9543 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9547 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9550 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9551 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9553 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9555 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9556 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9557 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9558 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9561 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9562 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9566 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9570 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9572 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9573 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9575 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9576 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9578 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9581 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9582 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9586 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9587 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9589 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9590 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9591 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9592 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9594 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9595 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9596 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9597 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9598 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9599 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9600 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9601 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9603 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9607 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9608 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9609 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9612 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9613 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9615 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9616 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9617 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9619 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9620 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9622 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9623 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9626 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9629 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9631 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9632 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9634 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9635 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9637 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9639 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9642 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9645 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9648 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9649 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9650 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9651 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9652 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9654 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9655 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9656 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9657 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9659 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9660 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9661 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9662 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9664 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9666 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9668 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9669 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9670 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9671 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9672 visibility changes. */
9673 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9675 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9676 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9677 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9678 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9679 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9680 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9681 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9682 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9684 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9686 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9695 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9697 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9698 should be made dynamic. */
9699 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9704 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9705 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9706 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9708 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9710 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9712 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9713 should be made dynamic. */
9714 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9717 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9718 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9719 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9722 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9725 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9726 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9728 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9729 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9730 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9731 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9735 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9738 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9739 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9740 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9741 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9742 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9745 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9746 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9747 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9748 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9750 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9751 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9752 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9753 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9755 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9756 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9758 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9761 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9762 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9763 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9768 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9769 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9770 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9775 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9779 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9781 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9783 /* Make room for this entry. */
9784 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9786 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9789 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9792 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9793 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9800 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9801 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9804 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9808 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9811 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9817 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9824 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9825 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9826 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9828 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9829 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9831 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9832 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9833 after the branch table. */
9836 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9838 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9839 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9840 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9843 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9846 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9853 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9857 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9858 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9859 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9860 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9861 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9863 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9864 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9865 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9866 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9867 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9868 unsigned int align_power
;
9872 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9873 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9875 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9876 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9877 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9878 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9879 entry stubs are needed. */
9880 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9881 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9882 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9883 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9884 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9885 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9886 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9887 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9888 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9889 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9890 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9891 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9892 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9894 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9896 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9897 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9898 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9899 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9905 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9908 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9909 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9911 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9916 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9918 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9922 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9926 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9928 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9929 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9931 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9934 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9935 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9939 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9941 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9943 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9944 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9945 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9946 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9947 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9948 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9949 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9951 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9954 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9956 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9958 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9960 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9961 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
9963 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
9964 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
9965 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
9968 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
9970 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9972 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9973 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9974 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9975 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9980 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9984 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9985 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9986 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
9987 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
9988 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9989 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9990 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9991 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
9993 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
9996 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
9997 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9999 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
10001 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10006 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10007 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10009 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10010 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10015 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10016 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10018 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10019 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10021 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10022 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
10023 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
10025 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10026 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10035 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10036 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10037 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10039 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10041 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10042 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10044 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10046 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10047 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10048 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10049 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10051 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10052 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10053 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10056 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10057 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10058 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10059 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10060 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10064 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10068 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10069 sym dynamic relocs. */
10070 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10072 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10073 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10075 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10076 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10078 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10080 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10083 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10084 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10086 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10088 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10089 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10093 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10095 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10096 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10099 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10101 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10102 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10107 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10110 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10111 Allocate memory for them. */
10113 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10115 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10118 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10119 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10121 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10122 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10123 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10124 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10125 || s
== htab
->glink
10126 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10127 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10128 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10130 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10133 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10135 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10136 /* Not sized yet. */
10139 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10143 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10146 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10147 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10148 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10153 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10159 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10160 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10161 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10162 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10163 before the linker maps input sections to output
10164 sections. The linker does that before
10165 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10166 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10167 into these sections. */
10168 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10172 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10173 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10176 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10179 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10180 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10181 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10182 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10183 sections instead of garbage.
10184 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10185 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10186 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10187 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10191 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10193 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10196 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10197 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10200 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10203 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10204 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10208 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10212 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10215 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10216 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10219 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10224 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10226 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10228 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10229 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10230 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10231 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10232 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10233 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10234 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10236 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10238 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10242 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10244 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10245 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10246 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10247 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10248 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10252 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10254 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10255 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10259 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10260 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10261 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10262 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10263 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10264 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10266 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10272 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10273 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10274 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10277 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10278 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10279 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10280 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10281 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10283 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10285 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10290 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10295 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10298 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10300 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10302 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10305 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10308 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10310 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10311 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10312 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10313 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10314 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10315 bfd_vma destination
,
10316 unsigned long local_off
)
10318 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10320 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10321 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10322 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10326 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10327 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10329 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10331 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10335 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10336 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10337 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10340 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10343 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10344 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10345 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10346 any other type of stub. */
10347 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10348 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10349 return ppc_stub_none
;
10351 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10353 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10354 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10355 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10356 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10358 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10360 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10362 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10363 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10364 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10367 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10372 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10373 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10374 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10377 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10378 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10380 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10381 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10382 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10383 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10384 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10385 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10387 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10388 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10389 is needed later. */
10390 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10392 return ppc_stub_none
;
10395 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10396 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10401 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10402 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10403 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10404 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10405 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10406 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10409 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10411 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10413 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10415 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10417 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10419 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10422 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10424 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10427 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10429 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10434 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10439 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10441 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10446 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10448 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10450 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10454 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10456 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10459 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10461 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10464 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10466 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10470 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10472 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10478 static unsigned int
10479 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10482 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10484 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10488 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10493 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10496 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10498 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10500 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10507 static unsigned int
10508 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10510 unsigned int num_rel
;
10511 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10513 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10518 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10519 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10521 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10523 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10529 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10530 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10531 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10533 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10534 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10536 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10537 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10538 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10539 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10540 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10542 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10545 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10546 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10547 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10551 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10552 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10555 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10556 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10560 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10561 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10562 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10565 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10567 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10571 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10572 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10573 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10575 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10579 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10580 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10581 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10588 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10592 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10597 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10603 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10605 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10607 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10609 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10610 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10611 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10612 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10613 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10616 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10620 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10623 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10624 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10626 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10630 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10634 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10636 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10641 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10643 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10647 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10650 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10651 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10653 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10657 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10661 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10663 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10669 static unsigned int
10670 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10672 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10674 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10680 static unsigned int
10681 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10683 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10685 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10691 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10692 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10693 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10694 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10696 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10698 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10700 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10701 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10702 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10703 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10709 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10710 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10711 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10712 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10715 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10716 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10717 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10721 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10722 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10723 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10727 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10730 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10734 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10735 else if (delta
< 256)
10737 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10740 else if (delta
< 65536)
10742 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10743 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10748 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10749 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10755 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10757 static unsigned int
10758 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10760 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10761 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10763 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10764 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10766 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10767 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10769 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10773 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10774 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10775 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10776 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10777 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10778 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10779 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10781 . fake dep barrier compare
10782 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10783 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10784 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10785 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10786 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10787 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10789 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10790 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10792 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10793 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10795 static inline unsigned int
10796 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10797 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10802 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10804 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
10806 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10807 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10808 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10809 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10811 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10814 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10815 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10821 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10822 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10824 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10829 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10831 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10832 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10833 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10834 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10836 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10839 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10840 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10841 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10843 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10846 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10852 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10859 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10860 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10862 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10863 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10865 static inline unsigned int
10866 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10867 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10871 unsigned stub_size
;
10872 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10874 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10876 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10877 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10878 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10882 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10883 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10884 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10885 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10886 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10890 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10892 static inline bfd_byte
*
10893 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10894 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10895 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10897 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10898 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10899 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10900 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10901 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10902 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10903 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10904 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10905 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10907 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10910 && !(is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10911 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10913 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10914 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10915 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10916 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10919 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10920 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10922 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10923 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10924 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10925 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10926 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10927 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10928 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10929 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10930 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10932 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10933 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10934 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10935 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10938 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10942 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10943 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10944 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10945 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10946 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10947 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10948 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10951 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10953 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10954 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10955 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10959 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10960 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10961 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10962 if (plt_static_chain
)
10964 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
10965 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10966 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
10971 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10972 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10973 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10976 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10977 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10981 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10982 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10985 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10987 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10990 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10995 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10996 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
10998 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
10999 if (plt_static_chain
)
11000 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11007 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11008 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11009 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11010 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11013 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11015 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11016 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11017 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11021 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11022 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11023 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11024 if (plt_static_chain
)
11026 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11027 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11028 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11033 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11034 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11035 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11036 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11038 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11040 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11043 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11048 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11049 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11051 if (plt_static_chain
)
11052 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11053 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11056 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11058 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11059 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11060 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11063 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11067 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11069 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11070 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11071 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11072 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11073 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11074 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11075 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11076 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11078 static inline bfd_byte
*
11079 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11080 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11081 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11083 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11087 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11088 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11089 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11090 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11091 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11092 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11093 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11094 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11097 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
11098 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11099 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11101 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11103 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11107 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
11108 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11109 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11111 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11113 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11115 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11117 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11122 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11125 r
[0].r_offset
+= 18 * 4;
11127 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11128 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11130 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11132 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11136 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11139 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11140 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11142 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11144 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11145 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11146 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11148 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11149 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11150 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11151 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11152 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11153 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11155 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11156 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11160 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
;
11161 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11162 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11163 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11164 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11165 specified by that point.
11166 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11167 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11168 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11169 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11171 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11172 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11173 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11174 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11175 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11176 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11184 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11186 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11187 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11189 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11190 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11192 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11193 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11194 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11196 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11197 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11198 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11200 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11202 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11207 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11208 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11210 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11211 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11213 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11214 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11215 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11217 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11218 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11219 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11220 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11222 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11223 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11224 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11225 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11227 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11228 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11229 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11230 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11232 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11233 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11237 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11238 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11242 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11243 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11244 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11246 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11247 unsigned long symndx
;
11248 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11251 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11252 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11253 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11254 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11256 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11258 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11259 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11260 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11262 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11263 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11264 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11266 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11267 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11269 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11271 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11272 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11273 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11274 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11275 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11276 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11277 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11279 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11280 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11282 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11283 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11288 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11295 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11296 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11298 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11299 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11303 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11306 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11308 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11309 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11311 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11312 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11314 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11315 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11316 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11317 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11318 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11320 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11321 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11322 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11323 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11325 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11330 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11332 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11333 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11334 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11335 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11337 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11339 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11344 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11345 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11348 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11349 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11350 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11351 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11352 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11353 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11354 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11355 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11357 /* Same for the group. */
11358 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11359 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11360 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11361 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11362 "output section. Retry without "
11363 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11364 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11365 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11367 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11371 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11372 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11374 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11375 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11377 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11378 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11379 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11380 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11381 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11382 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11383 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11385 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11386 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11387 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11388 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11392 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11394 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11396 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11398 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11401 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11403 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11405 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11406 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11409 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11411 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11412 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11417 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11420 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11423 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11424 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11425 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11429 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11431 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11434 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11435 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11436 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11437 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11438 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11443 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11444 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11445 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11446 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11448 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11450 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11451 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11452 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11456 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11457 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11458 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11459 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11460 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11462 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11463 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11465 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11467 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11469 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11471 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11472 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11475 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11476 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11477 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11478 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11479 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11481 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11482 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11483 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11484 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11486 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11488 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11491 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11492 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11493 translated from input file to output file form, so
11494 set up the offset per the output file. */
11495 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11496 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11497 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11498 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11499 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11503 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11504 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11505 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11507 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11508 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11511 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11513 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11514 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11515 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11516 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11517 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11521 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11523 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11526 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11527 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11528 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11529 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11530 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11531 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11532 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11533 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11535 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11536 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11537 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11538 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11543 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11545 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11547 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11548 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11550 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11551 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11554 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11555 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11559 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11561 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11563 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11567 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11569 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11571 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11572 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11574 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11575 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11578 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11580 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11583 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11584 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11586 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11589 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11590 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11594 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11596 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11600 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11601 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11602 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11603 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11604 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11605 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11607 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11608 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11609 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11610 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11611 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11612 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11615 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11618 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11620 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11621 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11624 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11625 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11626 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11627 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11629 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11630 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11632 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11634 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11637 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11638 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11639 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11645 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11647 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11648 p
= build_power10_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11652 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11653 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11654 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11655 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11656 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11658 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11659 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11662 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11666 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11667 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11668 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11670 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11671 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11675 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11677 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11681 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11683 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11684 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11685 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11688 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11691 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11694 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11695 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11697 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11698 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11699 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11702 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11703 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11704 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11705 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11706 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11707 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11712 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0
11713 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11714 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11716 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11717 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11719 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11720 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11721 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11722 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11723 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11724 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11725 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11727 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11728 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11729 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11730 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11733 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11734 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11736 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11740 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11741 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11742 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11743 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11744 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11746 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11748 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11749 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11750 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11751 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11752 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11753 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11756 /* Now build the stub. */
11757 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11758 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11761 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11762 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11763 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11764 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11766 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11767 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11769 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11771 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11773 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11774 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11777 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11779 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11780 /* xgettext:c-format */
11781 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11782 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11783 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11785 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11786 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11791 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11793 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11794 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11796 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11797 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11801 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11802 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11803 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11804 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11806 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11807 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11808 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11809 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11811 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11814 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11822 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11824 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11826 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11829 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11842 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11843 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11844 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11847 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11848 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11849 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11850 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11853 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11855 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11856 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11857 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11858 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11859 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11860 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11861 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11863 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11870 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11871 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11872 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11875 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11877 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11878 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11879 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11881 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11882 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11884 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11885 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11888 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11892 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11893 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11894 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11895 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11896 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11897 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
11898 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11899 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11901 /* Same for the group. */
11902 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11903 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11904 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11905 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11906 "output section. Retry without "
11907 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11908 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11909 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11911 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11912 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11914 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11915 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11916 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11917 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11919 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11920 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11921 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11922 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11926 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11928 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11929 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11930 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11931 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11932 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11933 /* Fall through. */
11934 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11935 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11936 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11937 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11938 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11939 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11940 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11941 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11942 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11946 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11948 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11949 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11951 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11955 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11957 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11963 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
11964 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
11965 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
11967 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
11968 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11970 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11972 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11973 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11975 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11977 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
11978 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11979 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11983 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
11985 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
11986 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
11987 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
11989 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11990 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11991 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11993 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
11994 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11998 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11999 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
12000 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
12001 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12002 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12005 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12007 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12008 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12009 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12012 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12013 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
12016 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12022 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12025 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12027 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12031 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12033 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12034 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12038 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
12039 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12040 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12041 /* Fall through. */
12042 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12043 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12044 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12045 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12046 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12048 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12051 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12052 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12053 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12057 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12059 unsigned int num_rel
;
12060 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12061 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12063 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12064 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12065 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12068 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12069 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12071 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12072 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12074 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12075 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12079 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12081 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12082 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12083 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12084 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12086 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12087 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12088 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12089 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12090 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12091 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12094 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12095 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12097 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12098 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12101 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12102 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12105 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12106 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12107 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12108 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12109 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12110 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12112 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12113 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12116 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12117 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12118 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12119 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12121 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12122 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12124 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12126 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12130 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12132 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12134 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12135 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12139 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12141 unsigned int num_rel
;
12142 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12143 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12145 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12146 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12147 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12150 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12152 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12154 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12155 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12156 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12157 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12159 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12160 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12161 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12162 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12163 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12164 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12168 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12169 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12170 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12171 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12173 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12174 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12175 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12176 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12178 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12179 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12181 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12183 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12185 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12186 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12189 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12191 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12193 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12194 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12197 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12199 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12200 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12202 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12203 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12205 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12208 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12210 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12211 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12212 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12213 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12215 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12217 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12218 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12219 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12220 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12221 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12222 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12226 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12227 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12228 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12229 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12230 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12232 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
12241 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12245 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12246 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12247 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12250 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12254 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12259 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12260 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12261 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12262 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12265 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12266 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12267 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12272 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12275 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12277 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12279 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12280 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12281 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12284 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12285 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12286 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12289 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12291 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12292 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12297 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12299 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12300 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12304 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12305 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12308 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12309 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12310 limit
= 0x80008000;
12311 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12313 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12315 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12316 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12317 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12318 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12321 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12322 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12323 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12324 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12325 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12326 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12327 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12329 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12330 file .toc and .got together. */
12332 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12333 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12336 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12340 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12341 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12342 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12343 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12345 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12347 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12348 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12350 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12351 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12353 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12354 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12355 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12356 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12361 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12365 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12367 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12370 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12375 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12379 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12381 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12383 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12386 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12387 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12388 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12392 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12393 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12397 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12399 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12400 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12401 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12403 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12405 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12408 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12409 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12411 /* And tlsld_got. */
12412 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12414 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12416 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12419 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12420 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12421 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12423 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12425 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12428 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12429 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12430 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12431 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12433 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12434 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12440 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12441 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12442 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12443 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12445 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12447 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12449 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12452 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12455 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12457 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12458 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12463 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12464 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12465 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12467 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12468 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12469 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12470 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12471 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12472 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12473 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12476 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12479 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12483 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12484 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12485 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12486 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12487 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12488 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12489 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12490 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12492 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12494 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12496 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12497 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12499 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12500 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12505 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12506 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12508 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12509 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12511 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12512 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12513 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12515 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12516 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12522 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12524 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12526 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12528 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12531 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12532 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12533 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12535 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12536 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12538 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12540 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12541 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12546 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12547 if (!done_something
)
12548 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12552 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12555 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12558 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12559 if (done_something
)
12564 if (done_something
)
12565 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12567 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12568 on input sections. */
12569 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12570 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12571 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12572 return done_something
;
12575 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12578 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12580 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12582 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12583 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12584 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12587 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12588 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12589 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12590 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12591 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12592 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12593 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12596 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12600 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12601 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12603 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12604 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12607 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12610 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12614 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12616 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12617 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12618 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12620 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12621 info
->keep_memory
);
12622 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12625 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12627 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12631 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12633 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12634 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12635 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12636 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12637 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12639 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12643 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12644 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12645 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12646 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12647 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12648 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12649 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12650 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12653 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12654 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12661 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12663 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12665 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12667 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12673 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12674 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12677 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12678 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12679 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12686 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12689 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12690 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12692 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12694 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12696 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12697 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12700 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12704 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12706 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12708 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12711 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12712 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12713 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12718 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12719 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12721 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12722 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12725 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12726 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12727 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12733 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12734 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12735 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12736 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12737 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12738 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12746 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12747 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12748 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12749 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12752 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12753 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12754 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12758 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12759 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12761 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12762 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12763 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12774 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12775 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12777 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12782 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12783 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12784 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12786 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12787 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12789 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12792 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12793 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12794 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12801 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12806 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12807 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12808 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12809 we may insert linker stubs. */
12812 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12814 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12819 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12820 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12822 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12823 which is what we want. */
12824 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12825 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12826 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12829 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12831 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12832 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12833 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12834 hit an exception. */
12835 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12836 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12837 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12838 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12840 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12843 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12844 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12845 check_pasted_section(). */
12846 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12847 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12850 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12854 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12855 have toc relocs. */
12858 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12860 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12864 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12865 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12868 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12869 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12872 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12873 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12878 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12879 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12881 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12885 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12887 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12888 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12894 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12896 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12897 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12900 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12901 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12902 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12903 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12904 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12905 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12908 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12909 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12910 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12912 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12914 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12916 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12920 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12921 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12923 /* Default values. */
12924 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12925 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12927 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12928 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12931 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12935 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12938 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12939 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12943 bfd_size_type total
;
12944 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12946 struct map_stub
*group
;
12947 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12950 total
= tail
->size
;
12951 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12952 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12953 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12955 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12956 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12957 /* xgettext:c-format */
12958 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12959 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12960 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
12962 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
12963 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12964 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12965 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12966 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
12967 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12970 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
12971 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
12972 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
12973 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
12974 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
12975 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
12976 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
12977 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
12978 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
12979 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
12980 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
12983 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
12984 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
12985 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
12986 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
12987 group
->eh_size
= 0;
12988 group
->eh_base
= 0;
12989 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
12990 htab
->group
= group
;
12993 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12994 /* Set up this stub group. */
12995 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
12997 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
12999 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
13000 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
13001 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13002 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13003 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13004 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13007 while (prev
!= NULL
13008 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13009 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13010 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13011 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13013 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13016 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13017 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13026 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13028 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13029 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13030 1, /* CIE version. */
13031 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13032 4, /* Code alignment. */
13033 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13035 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13036 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13037 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13040 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13041 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13042 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13046 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13048 if (isec
->size
== 0
13049 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13050 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13051 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13052 isec
->output_section
)
13053 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13055 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13056 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13057 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13061 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13063 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13064 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13068 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13070 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13071 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13072 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13077 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1 && !htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
13078 htab
->params
->power10_stubs
= 0;
13080 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13081 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13082 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13083 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13084 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13086 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13090 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13092 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13093 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13098 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13099 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13100 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13101 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13102 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13103 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13104 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13105 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13106 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13107 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13108 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13114 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13116 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13117 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13118 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13119 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13120 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13124 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13125 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13126 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13128 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13130 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13133 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13134 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13135 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13136 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13137 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13138 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13139 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13141 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13143 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13145 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13146 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13147 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13148 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13150 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13151 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13152 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13153 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13154 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13156 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13158 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13159 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13160 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13161 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13162 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13163 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13164 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13167 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13168 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13169 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13170 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13171 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13172 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13177 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13178 struct map_stub
*group
;
13180 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13182 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13184 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13186 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13188 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13190 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13193 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13194 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13195 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13198 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13199 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13201 section
= section
->next
)
13203 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13205 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13207 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13208 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13209 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13210 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13211 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13214 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13215 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13216 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13217 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13220 /* Get the relocs. */
13222 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13223 info
->keep_memory
);
13224 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13225 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13227 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13228 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13229 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13230 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13232 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13233 unsigned int r_indx
;
13234 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13235 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13236 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13237 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13238 bfd_vma destination
;
13239 unsigned long local_off
;
13240 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13241 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13242 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13243 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13244 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13246 const asection
*id_sec
;
13247 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13248 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13250 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13251 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13253 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13255 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13256 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13259 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13260 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13261 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13262 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13263 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13264 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13267 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13269 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13270 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13271 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13272 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13279 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13280 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13281 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13284 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13285 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13287 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13288 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13291 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13292 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13294 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13295 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13297 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13298 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13300 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13301 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13302 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13304 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13305 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13306 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13315 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13316 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13323 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13324 destination
= (sym_value
13325 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13326 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13327 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13332 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13333 code_value
= sym_value
;
13334 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13339 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13341 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13344 code_value
+= adjust
;
13345 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13347 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13348 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13349 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13351 destination
= dest
;
13354 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13356 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13357 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13358 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13363 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13365 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13366 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13369 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13371 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13372 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13373 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13374 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13375 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13376 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13377 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13378 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13379 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13381 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13383 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13384 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13385 different object files when creating the
13386 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13387 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13388 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13389 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13390 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13391 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13392 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13393 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13394 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13395 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13396 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13397 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13398 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13401 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13404 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13405 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13406 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13408 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13409 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13410 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13412 /* Get tls info. */
13413 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13415 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13416 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13417 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13418 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13419 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13423 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13426 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13427 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13428 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13429 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13430 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13431 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13432 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13434 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13435 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13436 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13439 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13442 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13443 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13445 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13446 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13448 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13450 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13451 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13452 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13454 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13456 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13457 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13458 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13459 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13460 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13461 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13463 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
13465 /* For --power10-stubs=auto, don't merge _notoc
13466 and other varieties of stubs. (The _both
13467 variety won't be created.) */
13468 bfd_boolean notoc
= r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
13469 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*alt_stub
13470 = select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
13472 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13474 alt_stub
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*)
13475 stub_hash_newfunc (NULL
,
13476 &htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13477 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13478 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13480 /* xgettext:c-format */
13482 (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
13483 section
->owner
, stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13484 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13486 *alt_stub
= *stub_entry
;
13487 stub_entry
->root
.next
= &alt_stub
->root
;
13489 /* Sort notoc stubs first, for no good
13491 alt_stub
= stub_entry
;
13492 alt_stub
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13494 stub_entry
= alt_stub
;
13496 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13502 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13505 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13506 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13507 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13508 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13509 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13511 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13513 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13514 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13516 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13518 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13519 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13525 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13526 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13527 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13528 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13529 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13530 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13531 /* Fall through. */
13532 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13533 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13534 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13535 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13536 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13538 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13540 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13541 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13543 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13545 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13546 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13552 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13553 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13557 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13558 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13561 error_ret_free_internal
:
13562 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13563 free (internal_relocs
);
13564 error_ret_free_local
:
13565 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13566 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13571 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13572 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13573 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13575 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13576 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13580 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13581 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13583 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13584 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13585 stub_entry
->symtype
13586 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13587 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13590 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13591 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13592 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13595 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13596 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13597 free (internal_relocs
);
13600 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13601 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13603 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13606 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13610 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13612 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13614 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13615 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13616 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13618 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13620 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13621 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13622 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13623 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13624 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13625 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13626 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13629 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13631 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13632 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13633 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13634 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13635 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13638 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13639 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13640 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13641 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13642 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13643 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13644 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13645 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13647 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13649 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13650 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13651 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13653 if (info
->emitrelocations
13654 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13656 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13657 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13660 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13661 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13662 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13664 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13666 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13667 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13668 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13669 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13670 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13672 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13673 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13674 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13675 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13676 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13679 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13680 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13681 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13683 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13684 group
->stub_sec
->size
13685 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13688 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13689 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13690 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13691 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13692 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13696 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13697 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13698 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13699 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13700 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13701 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13702 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13705 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13706 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13709 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13710 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13713 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13714 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13715 struct map_stub
*group
;
13717 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13718 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13719 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13720 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13721 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13724 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13728 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13729 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13730 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13731 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13732 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13734 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13735 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13737 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13739 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13741 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13744 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13745 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13747 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13749 /* stub section size. */
13750 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13752 /* Augmentation. */
13754 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13755 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13756 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13757 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13759 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13762 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13764 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13767 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13768 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13770 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13773 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13775 /* Augmentation. */
13778 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13779 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13781 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13782 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13783 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13785 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13787 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13788 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13789 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13790 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13791 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13792 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13793 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13794 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13797 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13798 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13799 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13800 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13801 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13806 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13807 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13810 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13813 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13817 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13818 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13820 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13821 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13825 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13826 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13830 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13831 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13832 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13833 || h
->def_regular
))
13835 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13836 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13841 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13842 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13843 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13844 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13845 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13846 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13847 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13848 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13849 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13850 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13852 /* This may happen for
13853 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13855 o bad linker script
13856 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13858 FIXME: Warn user? */
13860 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13862 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13863 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13865 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13868 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13869 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13870 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13873 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13874 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13878 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13879 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13885 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13887 /* Force alignment. */
13888 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13889 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13890 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13892 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13894 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13898 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13900 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13901 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13906 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13907 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13908 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13909 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13915 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13916 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13919 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13921 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13922 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13923 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13926 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13930 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13934 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13935 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13937 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13938 table. Set it up. */
13939 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13940 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13943 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13944 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13946 if (!(h
->def_regular
13947 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13948 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13950 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13952 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13953 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13954 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
13956 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13958 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13962 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13963 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
13965 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
13967 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13969 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
13974 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
13976 if (relplt
== NULL
)
13978 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
13979 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
13982 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
13983 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
13984 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
13989 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
13990 + plt
->output_offset
13991 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13992 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
13993 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
13994 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13999 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14000 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14001 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14002 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14003 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
14004 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
14005 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
14006 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
14007 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
14008 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14009 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14013 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
14016 if (h
->def_regular
)
14019 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
14020 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
14023 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14024 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
14025 && ent
->addend
== 0)
14031 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
14032 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
14033 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
14034 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
14036 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14037 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14039 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14041 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14042 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14044 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14046 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14047 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14048 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14049 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14050 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14053 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14054 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14056 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14057 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14062 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14063 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14066 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14068 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14069 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14070 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14071 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14072 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14073 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14074 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14076 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14080 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14082 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14085 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14087 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14089 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14095 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14098 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14100 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14103 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14105 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14106 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14107 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14108 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14109 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14110 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14112 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14115 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14119 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14120 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14121 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14122 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14123 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14124 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14125 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14126 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14128 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14130 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14134 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14135 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14137 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14142 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14143 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14144 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
14145 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14146 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14148 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14150 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14151 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14152 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14156 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14157 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14160 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14162 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14163 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14166 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14167 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14172 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14173 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14174 + plt
->output_offset
14175 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14176 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14179 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14181 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14186 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14188 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14190 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14191 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14192 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14193 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14197 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14198 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14200 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14203 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14209 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14210 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14213 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14215 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14216 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14218 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14220 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14221 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14222 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14223 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14224 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14226 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14228 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14229 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14233 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14234 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14235 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14237 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14238 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14241 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14244 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14246 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14249 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14250 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14258 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14260 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14261 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14263 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14264 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14266 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14267 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14269 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14270 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14271 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14272 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14277 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14278 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14279 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14282 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14285 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14286 struct map_stub
*group
;
14287 asection
*stub_sec
;
14289 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14294 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14295 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14297 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14298 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14299 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14300 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14302 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14304 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14306 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14310 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14315 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14316 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14318 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14319 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14320 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14323 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14325 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14326 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14327 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14328 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14329 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14330 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14331 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14333 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14336 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14337 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14339 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14341 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14344 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14345 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14346 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14347 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14349 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14350 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14351 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14355 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14357 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14359 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14361 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14363 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14365 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14367 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14369 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14371 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14373 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14378 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14380 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14382 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14384 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14386 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14388 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14390 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14392 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14394 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
14396 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14398 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14400 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14402 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14405 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14407 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14409 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14411 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14417 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14422 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14424 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14429 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14430 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14436 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14438 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14439 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14440 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14442 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14443 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14447 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14448 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14450 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14454 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14455 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14457 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14460 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14462 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14464 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14467 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14469 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14470 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14471 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14475 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14476 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14478 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14479 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14480 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14482 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14483 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14485 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14486 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14487 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14489 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14490 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14493 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14494 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14496 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14497 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14498 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14499 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14503 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14504 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14509 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14510 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14515 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14516 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14518 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14519 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14521 /* Offset to stub section. */
14522 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14523 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14524 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14525 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14526 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14527 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14530 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14531 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14534 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14535 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14537 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14539 /* Offset to .glink. */
14540 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14541 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14543 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14544 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14545 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14546 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14549 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14550 htab
->glink
->name
);
14553 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14554 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14558 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14559 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14561 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14562 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14563 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14564 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14570 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14571 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14574 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14580 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14581 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14582 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14584 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14588 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14590 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14591 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14592 " branch both %lu\n"
14593 " long branch %lu\n"
14594 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14595 " long notoc %lu\n"
14598 " plt call save %lu\n"
14599 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14600 " plt call both %lu\n"
14601 " global entry %lu"),
14603 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14604 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14605 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14606 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14607 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14608 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14609 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14610 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14611 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14612 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14613 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14614 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14615 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14623 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14624 discarded sections. */
14626 static unsigned int
14627 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14629 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14632 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14635 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14638 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14641 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14644 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14648 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14650 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14651 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14652 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14653 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14654 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14655 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14656 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14657 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14658 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14659 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14660 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14661 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14662 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14663 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14664 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14665 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14666 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14667 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14668 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14669 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14670 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14671 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14672 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14673 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14674 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14675 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14676 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14678 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14679 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14680 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14681 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14682 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14683 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14684 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14685 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14686 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14687 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14688 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14689 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14690 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14691 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14692 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14693 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14701 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14702 to handle the relocations for a section.
14704 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14705 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14708 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14709 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14710 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14713 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14714 address or the reloc symbol index.
14716 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14718 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14719 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14721 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14722 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14724 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14725 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14726 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14727 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14731 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14732 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14734 asection
*input_section
,
14735 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14736 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14737 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14738 asection
**local_sections
)
14740 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14741 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14742 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14743 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14744 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14745 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14746 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14748 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14750 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14751 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14752 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14753 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14754 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14755 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14757 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14758 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14761 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14765 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14766 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14769 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14771 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14775 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14776 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14777 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14778 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14779 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14781 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14782 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14783 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14785 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14787 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14788 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14790 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14791 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14792 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14793 const char *sym_name
;
14794 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14795 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14796 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14797 unsigned char sym_type
;
14798 bfd_vma relocation
;
14799 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14800 bfd_boolean warned
;
14801 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14804 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14805 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14807 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14808 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14809 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14816 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14817 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14819 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14820 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14821 proper TOC base to use. */
14822 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14824 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14826 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14832 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14835 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14837 /* It's a local symbol. */
14838 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14840 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14841 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14842 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14843 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14844 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14845 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14846 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14848 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14854 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14855 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14856 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14857 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14858 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14859 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14860 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14862 relocation
+= adjust
;
14868 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14870 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14871 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14872 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14873 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14874 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14875 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14877 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14878 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14880 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14881 such are defined in output sections, even those
14882 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14883 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14884 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14885 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14886 by the opd entry. */
14887 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14888 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14889 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14891 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14892 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14893 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14896 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14897 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14904 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
14906 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14908 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14909 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14910 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14911 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14913 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14915 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14916 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14917 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14918 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14919 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14920 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14926 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14929 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14931 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14932 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14933 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14936 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14937 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14938 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14939 for the final instruction stream. */
14944 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14945 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14947 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14948 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14949 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14950 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14951 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14953 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14954 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14955 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14956 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14958 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14959 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14961 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14962 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
14966 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14969 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
14970 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
14971 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
14972 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
14974 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14975 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14976 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
14978 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14979 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14980 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14981 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14982 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
14985 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14986 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
14987 /* xgettext:c-format */
14988 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
14989 /* xgettext:c-format */
14990 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
14991 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
14992 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
14996 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
14997 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
14998 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
14999 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
15000 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
15001 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
15002 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
15003 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
15004 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
15005 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
15006 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
15014 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
15015 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15016 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
15018 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15019 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15020 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15021 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15024 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
15025 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
15026 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
15027 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
15029 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15030 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15033 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15034 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15040 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15041 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15042 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15044 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15045 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15050 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15051 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15055 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15056 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15059 else if (retval
== 3)
15061 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15062 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15070 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15071 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15072 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15073 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15075 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15076 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15077 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15078 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15082 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15083 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15084 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15085 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15088 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15089 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15091 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15092 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15093 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15094 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15095 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15097 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15098 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15099 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15100 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15104 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
15109 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15110 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15112 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15113 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15115 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15116 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15117 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15118 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15119 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15120 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15121 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15122 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15123 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15128 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15129 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15131 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15132 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15135 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15137 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15138 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15139 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15140 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15141 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15142 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15144 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15145 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15146 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15147 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15151 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15153 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15155 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15156 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15158 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15160 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15161 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15162 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15167 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15168 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15169 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15172 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15177 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15178 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15180 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15184 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15185 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15186 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15189 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15190 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15191 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15194 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15195 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15196 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15198 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15202 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15203 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15205 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15209 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15210 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15211 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15213 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15216 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15217 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15218 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15219 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15220 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15221 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15222 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15223 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15224 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15225 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15227 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15229 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15230 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15231 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15232 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15233 before the call by intervening code. */
15234 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15235 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15236 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15239 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15240 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15241 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15242 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15243 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15244 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15245 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15246 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15248 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15249 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15250 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15255 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15256 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15257 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15260 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15261 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15262 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15264 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15266 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15267 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15269 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15270 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15271 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15273 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15274 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15275 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15276 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15279 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15280 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15281 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15283 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15284 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15286 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15287 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15291 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15292 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15294 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15295 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15301 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
15302 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15304 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15306 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15307 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15309 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15310 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15311 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
15315 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15316 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15317 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15319 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15320 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15321 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15322 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15323 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15327 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
15328 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15330 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15332 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15333 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15334 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15335 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15336 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15337 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15338 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15339 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15340 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15341 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15346 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15347 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15348 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15350 unsigned int insn2
;
15351 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15353 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15354 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15356 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15357 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15358 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15359 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15360 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15364 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15365 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15367 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15370 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15371 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15376 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15378 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15379 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15381 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15382 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15384 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15389 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15390 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15391 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15394 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15395 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15396 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15397 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15398 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15399 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15401 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15406 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15407 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15408 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15410 unsigned int insn2
;
15411 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15413 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15414 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15416 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15417 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15418 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15419 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15420 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15424 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15425 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15427 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15428 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15430 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15435 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15436 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15437 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15438 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15439 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15441 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15442 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15443 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15444 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15445 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15446 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15451 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15452 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15453 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15454 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15456 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15458 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15459 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15460 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15463 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15464 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15466 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15471 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15473 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15474 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15475 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15480 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15481 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15483 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15484 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15488 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15489 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15490 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15491 && !info
->traditional_format
15492 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15494 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15496 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15497 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15498 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15499 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15501 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15502 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15503 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15504 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15505 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15506 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15511 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15512 + input_section
->output_offset
15513 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15514 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15516 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15518 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15519 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15520 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15521 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15523 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15524 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15525 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15526 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15527 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15528 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15534 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15535 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15536 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15537 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15538 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15541 if .TOC. is in range. */
15542 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15543 && !info
->traditional_format
15545 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15546 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15547 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15548 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15549 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15550 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15551 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15553 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15554 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15555 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15556 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15557 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15558 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15560 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15561 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15562 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15563 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15564 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15565 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15571 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15573 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15574 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15575 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15581 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15582 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15583 + input_section
->output_offset
15584 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15585 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15586 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15588 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15590 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15591 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15592 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15593 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15597 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15598 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15599 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15600 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15601 /* Fall through. */
15603 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15604 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15605 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15606 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15607 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15608 /* Fall through. */
15610 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15611 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15612 /* Fall through. */
15614 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15615 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15616 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15617 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15618 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15619 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15620 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15621 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15622 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15627 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15628 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15629 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15631 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15632 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15633 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15634 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15635 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15638 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15639 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15640 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15641 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15642 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15643 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15644 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15646 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15648 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15650 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15651 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15653 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15654 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15656 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15658 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15659 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15662 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15663 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15664 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15665 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15669 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15670 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15675 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15676 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15677 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15678 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15679 else if (nop
== NOP
15680 || nop
== CROR_151515
15681 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15684 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15685 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15687 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15690 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15691 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15692 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15693 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15698 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15700 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15705 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15706 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15708 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15709 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15710 the same, if we could detect such. */
15711 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15717 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15718 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15719 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15720 global symbol and on the other a local call
15721 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15722 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15723 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15725 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15727 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15729 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15730 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15731 - sec
->output_offset
);
15733 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15735 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15736 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15741 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15742 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15743 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15744 /* xgettext:c-format */
15745 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15746 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15747 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15749 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15750 /* xgettext:c-format */
15751 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15752 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15753 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15755 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15760 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15761 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15762 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15765 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15766 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15767 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15768 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15770 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15771 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15772 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15773 - sec
->output_offset
);
15774 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15775 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15779 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15783 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15785 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15786 + input_section
->output_offset
15787 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15789 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15793 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15794 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15795 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15796 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15797 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15798 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15799 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15800 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15803 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15804 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15805 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15806 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15807 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15808 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15809 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15810 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15811 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15812 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15815 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15816 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15817 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15818 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15819 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15820 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15821 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15822 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15825 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15827 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15828 rather than the procedure directly. */
15829 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15831 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15832 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15833 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15834 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15835 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15836 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15838 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15839 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15840 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15842 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15844 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15845 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15846 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15847 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15849 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15850 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15851 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15852 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15853 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15855 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15856 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15857 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15858 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15861 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15862 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15863 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15864 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15871 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15872 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15873 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15874 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15875 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15876 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15877 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15883 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15884 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15885 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15888 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15891 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15892 We can thus call a weak function without first
15893 checking whether the function is defined. */
15895 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15896 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15897 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15898 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15902 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15907 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15908 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15910 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15911 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15912 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15914 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15915 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15917 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15918 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15919 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15920 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15925 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15926 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15927 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15929 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15930 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15931 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15933 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15934 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15936 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15937 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15938 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15939 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15941 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15943 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15944 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15949 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15950 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15952 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15953 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15954 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15955 if (relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15956 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15958 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15959 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15961 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15962 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15963 == ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
15965 /* Replace with paddi. */
15966 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
15967 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
15968 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15969 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
15970 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15976 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
15977 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15979 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15980 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15982 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15983 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15984 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
15985 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
15988 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15989 && rel
[1].r_offset
== offset
15990 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
))
15992 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
15994 /* zero means next insn. */
15997 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
16000 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
16001 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
16003 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16005 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
16007 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16008 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16010 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
16012 addend
+= addend_off
;
16013 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
16014 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16015 contents
+ offset
);
16016 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
16017 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16018 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
16020 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16021 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
16022 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16032 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16036 /* xgettext:c-format */
16037 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16038 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16040 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16046 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16047 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16048 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16049 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16050 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16051 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16052 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16055 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16056 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16057 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16058 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16059 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16060 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16061 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16062 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16063 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
16064 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16067 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16068 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16069 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16070 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16071 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
16072 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16075 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16076 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16077 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16078 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16079 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
16080 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16083 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16084 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16085 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16086 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16087 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
16088 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16091 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16092 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16093 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16094 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16095 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16096 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16097 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16100 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16105 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16106 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16108 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16109 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16110 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16115 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16116 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16117 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16118 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16119 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16120 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16121 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16122 because of a version file. */
16126 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16127 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16129 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16133 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16135 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16138 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16139 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16140 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16141 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16147 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16148 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16149 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16150 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16154 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16155 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16156 processed this entry. */
16158 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16162 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16163 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16171 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16172 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16175 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16176 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16177 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
16180 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16182 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16184 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16185 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16186 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16187 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16189 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16190 + got
->output_offset
16192 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16193 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16195 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16196 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16197 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16199 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16200 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16201 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16202 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16204 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16205 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16207 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16210 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16211 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16212 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16213 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16214 else if (indx
!= 0)
16215 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16219 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16221 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16223 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16225 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16226 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16230 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16232 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16233 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16235 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16236 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16238 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16241 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16242 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16243 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16244 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16247 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16248 emitting a reloc. */
16251 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16254 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16258 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16261 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16262 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16263 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16266 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16268 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16269 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16273 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16274 got
->contents
+ off
);
16278 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16281 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16283 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16284 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
16285 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
16286 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
16287 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
))
16288 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16292 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16293 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16294 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16295 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16296 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16297 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16298 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16299 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16300 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16301 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16302 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16303 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16304 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16305 procedure linkage table. */
16306 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16308 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16310 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16311 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16313 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16314 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16315 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16319 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16321 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16322 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16323 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16328 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16329 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16331 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16334 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16335 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16336 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16338 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16340 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16341 + plt
->output_offset
16342 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16343 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16344 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16345 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16346 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16348 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16349 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16353 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16361 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16362 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16363 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16364 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16365 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16367 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16368 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16370 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16373 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16374 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16375 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16377 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16378 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16379 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16380 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16381 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16382 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16383 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16388 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16389 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16390 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16391 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16392 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16393 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16394 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16396 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16399 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16400 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16401 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16402 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16403 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16404 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16405 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16406 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16407 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16408 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16409 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16410 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16411 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16412 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16413 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16414 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16415 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16416 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16417 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16418 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16419 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16420 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16423 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16424 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16425 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16426 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16427 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16428 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16429 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16430 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16431 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16432 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16433 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16434 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16435 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16437 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16438 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16440 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16441 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16442 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16443 defined before using them. */
16444 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16446 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16447 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16449 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16452 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16453 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16454 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16455 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16456 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16459 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16460 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16461 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16462 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16463 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16464 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16465 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16466 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16467 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16468 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16469 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16470 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16471 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16472 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16473 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16476 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16477 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16482 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16487 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16488 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16489 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16492 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16493 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16494 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16495 /* Fall through. */
16497 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16499 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16500 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16501 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16502 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16503 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16504 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16505 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16506 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16507 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16508 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16509 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16510 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16511 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16512 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16513 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16514 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16515 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16516 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16517 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16518 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16519 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16520 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16521 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16522 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16523 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16524 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16525 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16526 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16528 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16529 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16530 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16533 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16536 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16539 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16541 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16542 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16543 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16545 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16546 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16548 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16553 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16554 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16560 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16561 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16562 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16564 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16565 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16566 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16567 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16568 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16569 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16571 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16572 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16573 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16574 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16575 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16576 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16577 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16578 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16579 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16580 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16583 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16584 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16586 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16588 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16589 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16590 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16594 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16595 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16596 at a local function. */
16597 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16598 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16600 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16602 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16603 when building shared libraries and we
16604 reference a function in another shared
16605 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16606 definition in an application that's
16607 overridden by a strong definition in a
16608 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16609 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16610 In these cases we won't use the opd
16611 entry in this lib. */
16612 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16615 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16617 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16618 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16619 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16622 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16624 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16625 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16626 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16627 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16634 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16635 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16637 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16638 /* xgettext:c-format */
16639 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16640 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16641 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16642 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16646 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16648 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16650 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16655 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16657 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16659 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16660 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16661 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16662 reduced to a relocation against their
16663 section symbol because it holds the
16664 address of the section, not a value
16665 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16666 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16667 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16668 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16669 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16670 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16675 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16678 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16679 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16680 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16682 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16683 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16685 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16688 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16689 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16690 the output section's address but not the
16691 offset of the input section in the output
16693 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16696 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16700 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16702 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16703 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16705 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16706 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16707 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
16709 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16712 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16715 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16716 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16717 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16719 if (!warned_dynamic
16720 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16722 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16723 /* xgettext:c-format */
16724 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16725 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16727 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16729 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16732 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16733 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16734 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16735 that the section contents are a known value. */
16738 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16739 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16740 ignores section contents except for the special
16741 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16742 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16743 cause reloc overflow. */
16746 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16747 to improve backward compatibility with older
16749 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16750 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16751 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16752 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16753 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16759 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16760 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16761 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16762 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16763 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16765 /* Fall through. */
16767 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16768 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16769 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16770 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16771 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16772 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16773 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16774 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16775 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16777 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16778 /* xgettext:c-format */
16779 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16781 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16783 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16788 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16789 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16790 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16796 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16797 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16798 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16799 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16800 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16801 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16802 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16803 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16804 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16805 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16806 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16807 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16811 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16812 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16813 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16814 /* Fall through. */
16815 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16816 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16818 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16819 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16820 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16822 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16823 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16824 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16825 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16826 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16830 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16831 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16832 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16834 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16839 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16840 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16841 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16842 /* Fall through. */
16843 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16844 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16846 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16847 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16848 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16849 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16854 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16855 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16857 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16860 /* Fall through. */
16861 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16862 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16863 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16864 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16865 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16866 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16867 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16868 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16872 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16873 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16878 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16879 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16880 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16882 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16885 /* Fall through. */
16886 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16887 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16888 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16889 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16890 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16891 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16892 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16893 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16894 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16895 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16897 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16898 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16899 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16901 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16902 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16903 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16907 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16910 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16914 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16915 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16917 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16918 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16919 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
16920 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)) /* addis rt,13,imm */)
16921 /* xgettext:c-format */
16922 info
->callbacks
->minfo
16923 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
16924 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16925 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, insn
);
16928 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16934 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16935 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16936 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16938 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16939 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16940 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16942 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16947 /* Do any further special processing. */
16953 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16954 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16955 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16956 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16957 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16958 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16959 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16960 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16961 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16962 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16963 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16964 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16965 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16966 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16967 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16968 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16969 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16970 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16971 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16972 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16973 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
16974 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
16975 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
16978 /* Fall through. */
16980 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16981 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16982 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16983 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16984 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16985 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16986 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16987 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
16988 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
16992 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16993 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16994 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16995 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16996 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16998 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
17001 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
17002 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
17003 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
17004 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17005 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17006 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
17007 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
17008 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
17009 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17010 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
17011 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
17012 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
17013 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17014 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
17015 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17016 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17017 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17018 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17019 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17020 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17022 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
17023 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
17024 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
17025 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
17026 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
17027 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
17028 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
17029 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17031 relocation
+= addend
;
17032 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17033 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17035 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17036 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17037 /* xgettext:c-format */
17038 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17039 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17040 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17042 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17049 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17050 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17051 not process them. */
17052 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17053 if (unresolved_reloc
17054 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17055 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17056 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17057 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17059 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17060 /* xgettext:c-format */
17061 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17062 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17064 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17068 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17069 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17070 have different reloc types. */
17071 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17072 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17073 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17075 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17077 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17078 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17079 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17080 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17081 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17082 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17083 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17084 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17085 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17086 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17087 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17088 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17090 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17091 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17092 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17098 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17100 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17101 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17102 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17103 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17104 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17105 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17106 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
17108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
17109 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
17110 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
17111 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17112 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17114 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17115 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17116 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17119 relocation
+= addend
;
17120 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17121 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17122 + input_section
->output_offset
17123 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17124 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17126 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17128 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17130 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17131 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17132 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17133 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17134 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17136 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17137 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17138 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17139 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17143 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17144 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17145 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17148 relocation
+= addend
;
17149 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17150 + input_section
->output_offset
17151 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17152 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17153 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17155 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17156 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17158 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17159 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17164 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17165 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17166 relocation
, addend
);
17169 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17171 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17172 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17174 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17176 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17177 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17179 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17180 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17181 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17182 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17186 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17188 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17189 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17191 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17193 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17194 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17195 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17196 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
17197 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
17199 input_bfd
, input_section
,
17204 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17205 /* xgettext:c-format */
17206 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17207 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17208 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17220 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17221 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17223 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17224 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17225 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17227 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17229 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17230 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17233 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17234 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17235 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17238 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17239 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17240 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17241 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17242 opd_entry_value. */
17243 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17246 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17247 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17248 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17249 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17252 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17257 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17260 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17261 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17262 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17263 asection
*input_sec
,
17264 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17266 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17273 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17274 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17277 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17278 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17279 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17281 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17285 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17289 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17290 dynamic sections here. */
17293 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17294 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17295 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17296 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17298 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17299 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17301 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17305 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17306 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17307 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17309 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17310 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17311 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17312 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17313 function pointer comparisons work between an
17314 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17316 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17317 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17319 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17321 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17322 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17323 function pointer. */
17330 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17331 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17332 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17333 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17335 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17336 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17340 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17343 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17344 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17346 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17347 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17349 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17350 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17351 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17352 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17358 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17359 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17361 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17362 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17363 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17364 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17366 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17367 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17369 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17370 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17372 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17375 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17376 return reloc_class_relative
;
17377 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17378 return reloc_class_plt
;
17380 return reloc_class_copy
;
17382 return reloc_class_normal
;
17386 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17389 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17390 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17392 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17396 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17400 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17401 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17403 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17405 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17407 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17410 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17411 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17412 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17414 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17417 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17424 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17426 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17427 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17428 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17429 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17430 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17431 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17435 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17438 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17442 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17443 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17444 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17445 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17446 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17449 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17450 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17453 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17457 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17458 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17462 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17463 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17467 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17471 if (htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
)
17472 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17473 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17474 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17478 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17482 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17483 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17485 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17486 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17487 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17488 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17489 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17491 /* Set .got entry size. */
17492 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17496 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17497 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17499 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17500 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17501 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17504 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17505 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17506 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17507 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17508 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17510 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17511 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17515 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17516 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17517 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17519 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17520 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17525 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17526 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17527 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17528 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17529 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17530 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17533 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17534 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17536 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17540 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17543 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17546 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17547 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17548 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17551 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17554 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17555 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17556 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17564 #include "elf64-target.h"
17566 /* FreeBSD support */
17568 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17569 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17571 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17572 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17573 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17574 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17577 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17580 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17582 #include "elf64-target.h"